ba053den promag 53 profibus om

BA053D/06/en/10.0350099247

valid as of software version:V 1.06.XX (Amplifier)V 2.03.XX (Communications)

PROline promag 53PROFIBUS-DP/-PAElectromagneticFlow Measuring System

Operating Instructions

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

2 Endress+Hauser

Brief operating instructions

These brief operating instructions show you how to configure the measuring device quickly and easily:

! Note:Always start trouble-shooting with the checklist on Page 121, if faults occur after commissioning or during operation. The routine takes you directly to the cause of the problem and the appropriate remedial measures.

Safety instructions Page 7

Installation Page 13

Wiring Page 47

Display and operating elements Page 68

Basic configuration (device parameters, automation functions) Page 92 ff.

Device-specific parameters are configured and the automation functions speci-fied for the PROFIBUS interface by means of configuration programs from vari-ous manufacturers.

! Note!If the measuring device is equipped with a local display, device-specific param-eters and functions can be configured easily and quickly using the "Commis-sioning" Quick Setup menu, e.g. language of the UI, measured variables, engi-neering units, signal types, settings for measuring operation with gas, etc. → see next page.

System integration Page 93 ff.

Cyclic data exchange, configuration examples

Application-specific commissioning Page 83 ff.

Device functions, gas measurement, zero point adjustment, density adjustment

Customer-specific configuration

Complex measuring operations mean that additional functions must be config-ured. Users can select these functions individually by means of appropriate device parameters and configure and customise them to suit their process con-ditions. There are two options open:– Setting parameters via the configuration program (e.g. Commuwin II)– Setting parameters via the local display (optional) → page 71

! Note!All functions and device parameters are described in detail in the “Description of Device Functions” manual, which is a separate part of these Operating Instructions.

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA QUICK SETUP “Commissioning”

Endress+Hauser 3

QUICK SETUP “Commissioning”

! Note!More detailed information on running Quick Setup menus, especially for devices without a local display, can be found on Page 113 ff.

++ +E E- +

ENDRESS+HAUSER

E

ESC

Commission

Language

Defaults

Quick Setup

HOME-POSITION

QS

Volume Mass Quit

Configure another unit? NOYES

UnitVolume Flow

UnitDensity

ValueDensity

UnitMass flow

SelectionSystem units

1002

2000

0402 0420

0700

0400

B

Autom. Configuration of Display? NOYES

Automatic parameterizationof the display

F06-

53P

Bxx

xx-1

9-xx

-xx-

en-0

01

QUICK SETUP “Commissioning” PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4 Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA Contents

Endress+Hauser 5

Contents

1 Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

1.1 Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.2 Installation, commissioning and operation . . . 71.3 Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.4 Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81.5 Notes on safety conventions and icons . . . . . . 8

2 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

2.1 Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92.1.1 Nameplate of the transmitter . . . . . . . . 92.1.2 Nameplate of the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . .10

2.2 CE mark, declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . 102.3 Device certification PROFIBUS-DP/-PA . . . . . 112.4 Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

3 Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

3.1 Incoming acceptance, transport and storage 133.1.1 Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . 133.1.2 Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133.1.3 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

3.2 Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153.2.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153.2.2 Mounting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153.2.3 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173.2.4 Inlet and outlet runs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173.2.5 Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183.2.6 Foundations, supports. . . . . . . . . . . . . .183.2.7 Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203.2.8 Nominal diameter and flow rate . . . . . 203.2.9 Length of connecting cable . . . . . . . . .26

3.3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273.3.1 Installing the Promag W sensor . . . . . 273.3.2 Installing the Promag P sensor . . . . . . .333.3.3 Installing the Promag H sensor . . . . . . .393.3.4 Turning the transmitter housing. . . . . . .423.3.5 Turning the local display . . . . . . . . . . . .433.3.6 Installing the wall-mount transmitter

housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443.4 Installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

4 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

4.1 Cable specifications for PROFIBUS-DP/-PA . 474.1.1 PROFIBUS-DP: Cable specifications . 474.1.2 PROFIBUS-PA: Cable specifications. . .50

4.2 Connecting the remote version . . . . . . . . . . . 524.2.1 Connecting Promag W / P / H . . . . . . 524.2.2 Cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

4.3 Connecting the measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . 574.3.1 Connecting the transmitter . . . . . . . . . 574.3.2 Fieldbus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

4.4 Potential equalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624.4.1 Standard case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624.4.2 Special cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

4.5 Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654.6 Electrical connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

5 Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

5.1 Operation at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675.2 Operation via the local display . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

5.2.1 Display and operating elements . . . . . 685.2.2 Brief description of the function matrix. 715.2.3 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

5.3 Communications: PROFIBUS-DP/-PA . . . . . . . 745.3.1 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA technology . . . . . . 745.3.2 PROFIBUS-DP system architecture . . . 755.3.3 PROFIBUS-PA system architecture . . . 765.3.4 Acyclic data exchange. . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

5.4 Operation with the PROFIBUS configuration programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795.4.1 Operating options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795.4.2 Commuwin II operating program . . . . . 80

5.5 Hardware configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885.5.1 Configuration of write protection . . . . . 885.5.2 Configuration of the device address . . 89

6 Commissioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

6.1 Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916.2 Commissioning the PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

interface using the local display . . . . . . . . . . . 926.3 Commissioning using the Class 2 master

(Commuwin II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 936.3.1 Rescaling the input value . . . . . . . . . . . 95

6.4 System integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966.4.1 Cyclic data exchange. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006.4.2 Configuration examples with

Simatic S7 HW-Konfig . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066.4.3 Cycle times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

6.5 Application-specific commissioning . . . . . . . 1136.5.1 Quick Setup “Commissioning” . . . . . 1136.5.2 Empty-pipe/full-pipe calibration . . . . . 114

6.6 Data storage device (DAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

7 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

8 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

9 Trouble-shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

9.1 Trouble-shooting instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219.2 System and process error messages . . . . . . 1239.3 Process errors without messages . . . . . . . . . 1309.4 Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319.5 Removing and installing printed circuit

boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329.6 Replacing the device fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Contents PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

6 Endress+Hauser

9.7 Replacing exchangeable measuring electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

9.8 Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

10 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

10.1 Technical data at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14110.2 Measuring tube specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 15010.3 Resistance to partial vacuum of measuring

tube lining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15210.4 Weight details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15310.5 Dimensions of wall-mount housing . . . . . . . 15510.6 Dimensions Promag 53 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15610.7 Dimensions Promag 53 P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16010.8 Dimensions of ground disks (Promag W, P) 16510.9 Dimensions Promag 53 H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16610.10 Process connections Promag H (DN 2…25) 17010.11 Process connections of Promag H

(DN 40…100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA 1 Safety instructions

Endress+Hauser 7

1 Safety instructions

1.1 Designated use

The measuring device described in this Operating Instruction is to be used only for measuring the flow rate of conductive fluids in closed pipes. A minimum conductivity of 20 µS/cm is required for measuring demineralised water. Most fluids can be metered, provided they have a minimum conductivity of 5 µS/cm, for example:• acids, alkalis, pastes, mashes, pulps,• drinking water, wastewater, sewage sludge,• milk, beer, wine, mineral water, yogurt, molasses, etc.

Resulting from incorrect use or from use other than that designated the operational safety of the measuring devices can be suspended. The manufacturer accepts no liability for damages being produced from this.

1.2 Installation, commissioning and operation

Note the following points:• Installation, connection to the electricity supply, commissioning and maintenance of

the device must be carried out by trained, qualified specialists authorised to perform such work by the facility's owner-operator. The specialist must have read and under-stood this Operating Instruction and must follow the instructions it contains.

• The device must be operated by persons authorised and trained by the facility's owner-operator. Strict compliance with the instructions in the Operating Instruction is mandatory.

• Endress+Hauser will be happy to assist in clarifying the chemical resistance proper-ties of parts wetted by special fluids, including fluids used for cleaning.

• If welding work is performed on the piping system, do not ground the welding appli-ance through the Promag flowmeter.

• The installer must ensure that the measuring system is correctly wired in accordance with the wiring diagrams. The transmitter must be grounded, unless the power supply is galvanically insulated.

• Invariably, local regulations governing the opening and repair of electrical devices apply.

1.3 Operational safety

Note the following points:• Measuring systems for use in hazardous environments are accompanied by separate

“Ex documentation”, which is an integral part of this Operating Manual. Strict compli-ance with the installation instructions and ratings as stated in this supplementary documentation is mandatory.The symbol on the front of this supplementary Ex docu-mentation indicates the approval and the certification body ( 0 Europe, 2 USA, 1 Canada).

• The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance with EN 61010, the EMC requirements of EN 61326/A1, and NAMUR recommendation NE 21.

• Depending on the application, the seals of the process connections of the Promag H sensor require periodic replacement.

• The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your E+H distributor will supply you with current information and updates to this Operating Instruction.

1 Safety instructions PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

8 Endress+Hauser

1.4 Return

The following procedures must be carried out before a device requiring repair or cali-bration, for example, is returned to Endress+Hauser:

• Always enclose a duly completed “Safety regulation” form. Only then can Endress+Hauser transport, examine and repair a returned device.

• Enclose special handling instructions if necessary, for example a safety data sheet as per EN 91/155/EEC.

• Remove all residues. Pay special attention to the grooves for seals and crevices which could contain residues. This is particularly important if the substance is hazardous to health, e.g. flammable, toxic, caustic, carcinogenic, etc.

! Note!You will find a preprinted “Safety regulation” form at the back of this manual.

# Warning!• Do not return a measuring device if you are not absolutely certain that all traces of

hazardous substances have been removed, e.g. substances which have penetrated crevices or diffused through plastic.

• Costs incurred for waste disposal and injury (burns, etc.) due to inadequate cleaning will be charged to the owner-operator.

1.5 Notes on safety conventions and icons

The devices are designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, have been tested, and left the factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. The devices comply with the applicable standards and regulations in accordance with EN 61010 “Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation and Laboratory Procedures”. They can, however, be a source of danger if used incor-rectly or for other than the designated use. Consequently, always pay particular attention to the safety instructions indicated in this Operating Instruction by the following icons:

# Warning!“Warning” indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result in injury or a safety hazard. Comply strictly with the instructions and proceed with care.

" Caution!“Caution” indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result in incorrect operation or destruction of the device. Comply strictly with the instructions.

! Note!“Note” indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can have an indirect effect on operation or trigger an unexpected response on the part of the device.

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA 2 Identification

Endress+Hauser 9

2 Identification

2.1 Device designation

The “Promag 53” flow measuring system consists of the following components:• Promag 53 transmitter• Promag W, Promag P or Promag H sensor

In the compact version, transmitter and sensor form a single mechanical unit; in the remote version they are installed separately.

2.1.1 Nameplate of the transmitter

Fig. 1: Nameplate specifications for the “Promag 53” transmitter (example)

1 Ordering code/serial number: See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the individual letters and digits.

2 Power supply / Frequency: 16...62 V DC / 20...55 V AC / 50...60 HzPower consumption: 15 VA / W

3 Additional functions and software:– EPD: with Empty Pipe Detection

4 Outputs / inputs: PROFIBUS-DP/-PA5 Reserved for information on special products6 Ambient temperature range7 Degree of protection

F06-

53P

Bxx

xx-1

8-06

-xx-

xx-0

00

PROMAGENDRESS+HAUSER

Order Code:

53

Ser.No.:

TAG No.:

16-62VDC/20-55VAC50-60Hz

Pat. US 5,323,156 5,479,007

Pat. US 4,382,387 4,704,908 5,351,554

15VA/W

IP67/NEMA/Type4XXXXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX12345678901ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRST

–20°C (–4°F) < Tamb < +60°C (+140°F)i

1

76

2

R

EPD / MSU

PROFIBUS-PA Profile 3.0

3

4

5

2 Identification PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

10 Endress+Hauser

2.1.2 Nameplate of the sensor

Fig. 2: Nameplate specifications for the “Promag” sensor (example)

1 Ordering code/ serial number: See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the individual letters and digits.

2 Calibration factor: 0.5328; zero point: −53 Nominal diameter: DN 100

Nominal pressure: EN (DIN) PN 16 bar4 TMmax +80 °C (max. fluid temperature)5 Materials:

– Lining: hard rubber (HG)– Measuring electrodes: stainless steel 1.4435

6 Additional information (examples):– EPD: with Empty Pipe Detection electrode– R/B: with Reference electrode– EME/AWE: with Exchangeable Measurement Electrodes– 0.2% CAL: with 0.2% calibration

7 Reserved for information on special products8 Ambient temperature range9 Degree of protection10 Flow direction

2.2 CE mark, declaration of conformity

The devices are designed in accordance with good engineering practice to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, have been tested, and left the factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. They have been tested and left the factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. The devices comply with the applicable standards and regulations in accordance with EN 61010 “Protection Measures for Electrical Equip-ment for Measurement, Control, Regulation and Laboratory Procedures” and with the EMC reqiurements of EN 61326/A1.The measuring system described in this Operating Instruction thus complies with the statutory requirements of the EC Directives. Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.

i

1

2345

6

7

9

10

11

8

ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRSTTAG No.:

Pat. UK EP 219 725 EP 521169

Pat. UK EP 541 878 EP 618 680

IP67/NEMA/Type4X

HG / 1.4435

0.5328 / –5

TMmax.: 80°C

EPD/MSU R/B EME/AWE 0.2% CAL

DN100 EN (DIN) PN 16K-factor:

Materials:

ENDRESS+HAUSER

12345678901XXXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX

PROMAG

Order Code:

Ser.No.:

X

–20°C (–4°F) < Tamb < +60°C+140°F

F06-

xxxx

xxxx

-18-

05-x

x-xx

-000

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA 2 Identification

Endress+Hauser 11

2.3 Device certification PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

The Promag 53 flowmeter has passed all the test procedures implemented and has been certified and registered by the PNO (PROFIBUS User Organisation). The device thus meets all the requirements of the specifications listed below:• Certified for PROFIBUS 3.0

Device certification number: upon request• The instrument meets all of the PROFIBUS 3.0 specifications.• The device may also be operated using certified devices from other manufacturers

(interoperability).

2.4 Registered trademarks

KALREZ ®, VITON ®

are registered trademarks of E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA

TRI-CLAMP ® is a registered trademark of Ladish & Co., Inc., Kenosha, USA

PROFIBUS ® is a registered trademark of PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation e.V., Karlsruhe, D

S-DAT™, T-DAT™, ToF Tool-FieldTool Package, FieldCheck™, Applicator™ are registered trademarks of Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG, Reinach, CH

2 Identification PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

12 Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA 3 Installation

Endress+Hauser 13

3 Installation

3.1 Incoming acceptance, transport and storage

3.1.1 Incoming acceptance

• Check the packaging and the contents for damage.• Check the shipment, make sure nothing is missing and that the scope of supply

matches your order.

3.1.2 Transport

The following instructions apply to unpacking and to transporting the device to its final location:• Transport the devices in the containers in which they are delivered.• Do not remove the protective plates or caps on the process connections until the

device is ready to install. This is particularly important in the case of sensors with PTFE linings.

Special notes on flanged devices

" Caution!• The wooden covers mounted on the flanges before the device leaves the factory pro-

tect the linings on the flanges during storage and transportation. Do not remove these covers until immediately before the device is installed in the pipe.

• Do not lift flanged devices by the transmitter housing, or the connection housing in the case of the remote version.

Transporting flanged devices (DN ≤ 300):Use webbing slings slung round the two process connections (Fig. 3). Do not use chains, as they could damage the housing.

# Warning!Risk of injury if the measuring device slips. The center of gravity of the assembled meas-uring device might be higher than the points around which the slings are slung. At all times, therefore, make sure that the device does not unexpectedly turn around its axis or slip.

Fig. 3: Transporting transmitters with DN ≤ 300

F06-

xxxx

xxxx

-22-

00-0

0-xx

-000

3 Installation PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

14 Endress+Hauser

Transporting flanged devices (DN ≥ 350):Use only the metal eyes on the flanges for transporting the device, lifting it and position-ing the sensor in the piping.

" Caution!Do not attempt to lift the sensor with the tines of a fork-lift truck beneath the metal casing. This would buckle the casing and damage the internal magnetic coils.

Fig. 4: Transporting sensors with DN ≥ 350

3.1.3 Storage

Note the following points:• Pack the measuring device in such a way as to protect it reliably against impact for

storage (and transportation). The original packaging provides optimum protection.• The permissible storage temperature is −10...+50 °C (preferably +20 °C).• The measuring device must be protected against direct sunlight during storage in

order to avoid unacceptably high surface temperatures.• Choose a storage location where moisture does not collect in the measuring device.

This will help prevent fungus and bacteria infestation which can damage the liner.• Do not remove the protective plates or caps on the process connections until the

device is ready to install. This is particularly important in the case of sensors with Teflon linings.

F06-

5xFx

xxxx

-22-

xx-x

x-xx

-001


Endress+Hauser 15

3.2 Installation conditions

3.2.1 Dimensions

Dimensions and the fitting lengths of the transmitter and sensor are on 5 ff.

3.2.2 Mounting location

Correct measuring is possible only if the pipe is full. Avoid the following locations:• Highest point of a pipeline. Risk of air accumulating.• Directly upstream of a free pipe outlet in a vertical pipe.

Fig. 5: Mounting location

Installation of pumpsDo not install the sensor on the intake side of a pump. This precaution is to avoid low pressure and the consequent risk of damage to the lining of the measuring tube. Infor-mation on the lining's resistance to partial vacuum can be found on → Page 152.

It might be necessary to install pulse dampers in systems incorporating reciprocating, diaphragm or peristaltic pumps. Information on the measuring system's resistance to vibration and shock can be found on → Page 143.

Fig. 6: Installation of pumps

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-11-

00-0

0-xx

-000

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-11-

00-0

0-xx

-001


16 Endress+Hauser

Partially filled pipesPartially filled pipes with gradients necessitate a drain-type configuration. The Empty Pipe Detection function (see Page 114) offers additional protection by detecting empty or partially filled pipes.

" Caution!Risk of solids accumulating. Do not install the sensor at the lowest point in the drain. It is advisable to install a cleaning valve.

Fig. 7: Installation in partially filled pipe

Down pipesInstall a siphon or a vent valve downstream of the sensor in down pipes longer than 5 meters. This precaution is to avoid low pressure and the consequent risk of damage to the lining of the measuring tube. These measures also prevent the system losing prime, which could cause air inclusions.Information on the lining's resistance to partial vacuum can be found on Page 152.

Fig. 8: Measures for installation in a down pipe (a = vent valve; b = siphon)

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-11-

00-0

0-xx

-002

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-11-

00-0

0-xx

-003


Endress+Hauser 17

3.2.3 Orientation

An optimum orientation position helps avoid gas and air accumulations and deposits in the measuring tube. Promag, nevertheless, supplies a range of functions and accesso-ries for correct measuring of problematic fluids:• Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) ensures the detection of partially filled measuring tubes,

e.g. in the case of degassing fluids or varying process pressures (see Page 114)• Exchangeable measuring electrodes for abrasive fluids (see Page 137)

(only Promag W, P).

Vertical orientationThis is the ideal orientation for self-emptying piping systems and for use in conjunction with Empty Pipe Detection.

Fig. 9: Vertical orientation

Horizontal orientationThe measuring-electrode plane should be horizontal. This prevents brief insulation of the two electrodes by entrained air bubbles.

" Caution!Empty Pipe Detection functions correctly with the measuring device installed horizon-tally only when the transmitter housing is facing upward (Fig. 10). Otherwise there is no guarantee that Empty Pipe Detection will respond if the measuring tube is only partially filled or empty.

Fig. 10: Horizontal orientation

1 EPD electrode for the detection of empty pipes (not with Promag H, DN 2...8)2 Measurement electrodes for the signal acquisition3 Reference electrode for the potential equalisation (not with Promag H)

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-11-

00-0

0-xx

-004

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-11-

00-x

x-xx

-000


18 Endress+Hauser

3.2.4 Inlet and outlet runs

If possible, install the sensor well clear of fittings such as valves, T-pieces, elbows, etc. Compliance with the following requirements for the inlet and outlet runs is necessary in order to ensure measuring accuracy:• Inlet run ≥ 5 x DN• Outlet run ≥ 2 x DN

Fig. 11: Inlet and outlet runs

3.2.5 Vibrations

Secure the piping and the sensor if vibration is severe.

" Caution!It is advisable to install sensor and transmitter separately if vibration is excessively severe. Information on resistance to vibration and shock can be found on → Page 143.

Fig. 12: Measures to prevent vibration of the measuring device

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-11-

00-0

0-xx

-005

> 10 m

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-11-

00-0

0-xx

-006


Endress+Hauser 19

3.2.6 Foundations, supports

If the nominal diameter is DN ≥ 350, mount the transmitter on a foundation of adequate load-bearing strength.

" Caution!Risk of damage. Do not support the weight of the sensor on the metal casing:the casing would buckle and damage the internal magnetic coils.

Fig. 13: Correct support for large nominal diameters (DN ≥ 350)

F06-

5xFx

xxxx

-11-

05-x

x-xx

-000


20 Endress+Hauser

3.2.7 Adapters

Suitable adapters to (E) DIN EN 545 (double-flange reducers) can be used to install the sensor in larger-diameter pipes. The resultant increase in the rate of flow improves measuring accuracy with very slow-moving fluids.

The nomogram shown here can be used to calculate the pressure loss caused by cross-section reduction:

! Note!The nomogram applies to fluids of viscosity similar to water.

1. Calculate the ratio of the diameters d/D.2. From the nomogram read off the pressure loss as a function of flow velocity

(downstream from the reduction) and the d/D ratio.

Fig. 14: Pressure loss due to adapters

3.2.8 Nominal diameter and flow rate

The diameter of the pipe and the flow rate determine the nominal diameter of the sensor. The optimum velocity of flow is 2...3 m/s. The velocity of flow (v), moreover, has to be matched to the physical properties of the fluid:• v < 2 m/s: for abrasive fluids such as potter's clay, lime milk, ore slurry, etc.• v > 2 m/s: for fluids producing build-up such as wastewater sludge, etc.

! Note!Flow velocity can be increased, if necessary, by reducing the nominal diameter of the sensor (see ).

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-05-

05-x

x-xx

-000


Endress+Hauser 21

Promag W

Flow rate characteristic values - Promag W (SI units)

Nominal diameter Recommendedflow rate

Factory setting

[mm] [inch]min./max. full scale value

(v ~ 0.3 or 10 m/s)Low flow cutoff(v ~ 0.04 m/s)

25 1" 9...300 dm3/min 1 dm3/min

32 1 1/4" 15...500 dm3/min 2 dm3/min

40 1 1/2" 25...700 dm3/min 3 dm3/min

50 2" 35...1100 dm3/min 5 dm3/min

65 2 1/2" 60...2000 dm3/min 8 dm3/min

80 3" 90...3000 dm3/min 12 dm3/min

100 4" 145...4700 dm3/min 20 dm3/min

125 5" 220...7500 dm3/min 30 dm3/min

150 6" 20...600 m3/h 2.5 m3/h

200 8" 35...1100 m3/h 5.0 m3/h

250 10" 55...1700 m3/h 7.5 m3/h

300 12" 80...2400 m3/h 10 m3/h

350 14" 110...3300 m3/h 15 m3/h

400 16" 140...4200 m3/h 20 m3/h

450 18" 180...5400 m3/h 25 m3/h

500 20" 220...6600 m3/h 30 m3/h

600 24" 310...9600 m3/h 40 m3/h

700 28" 420...13500 m3/h 50 m3/h

– 30" 480...15000 m3/h 60 m3/h

800 32" 550...18000 m3/h 75 m3/h

900 36" 690...22500 m3/h 100 m3/h

1000 40" 850...28000 m3/h 125 m3/h

− 42" 950...30000 m3/h 125 m3/h

1200 48" 1250...40000 m3/h 150 m3/h

– 54" 1550...50000 m3/h 200 m3/h

1400 – 1700...55000 m3/h 225 m3/h

− 60" 1950...60000 m3/h 250 m3/h

1600 – 2200...70000 m3/h 300 m3/h

− 66" 2500...80000 m3/h 325 m3/h

1800 72" 2800...90000 m3/h 350 m3/h

− 78" 3300...100000 m3/h 450 m3/h

2000 – 3400...110000 m3/h 450 m3/h


22 Endress+Hauser

Flow rate characteristic values - Promag W (US units)


Factory setting

[inch] [mm]min./max. full scale value


1" 25 2.5...80 gal/min 0.25 gal/min

1 1/4" 32 4...130 gal/min 0.50 gal/min

1 1/2" 40 7...190 gal/min 0.75 gal/min

2" 50 10...300 gal/min 1.25 gal/min

2 1/2" 65 16...500 gal/min 2.0 gal/min

3" 80 24...800 gal/min 2.5 gal/min

4" 100 40...1250 gal/min 4.0 gal/min

5" 125 60...1950 gal/min 7.0 gal/min

6" 150 90...2650 gal/min 12 gal/min

8" 200 155...4850 gal/min 15 gal/min

10" 250 250...7500 gal/min 30 gal/min

12" 300 350...10600 gal/min 45 gal/min

14" 350 500...15000 gal/min 60 gal/min

16" 400 600...19000 gal/min 60 gal/min

18" 450 800...24000 gal/min 90 gal/min

20" 500 1000...30000 gal/min 120 gal/min

24" 600 1400...44000 gal/min 180 gal/min

28" 700 1900...60000 gal/min 210 gal/min

30" – 2150...67000 gal/min 270 gal/min

32" 800 2450...80000 gal/min 300 gal/min

36" 900 3100...100000 gal/min 360 gal/min

40" 1000 3800...125000 gal/min 480 gal/min

42" − 4200...135000 gal/min 600 gal/min

48" 1200 5500...175000 gal/min 600 gal/min

54" – 9...300 Mgal/d 1.3 Mgal/d

– 1400 10...340 Mgal/d 1.3 Mgal/d

60" − 12...380 Mgal/d 1.3 Mgal/d

– 1600 13...450 Mgal/d 1.7 Mgal/d

66" − 14...500 Mgal/d 2.2 Mgal/d

72" 1800 16...570 Mgal/d 2.6 Mgal/d

78" − 18...650 Mgal/d 3.0 Mgal/d

– 2000 20...700 Mgal/d 3.0 Mgal/d


Endress+Hauser 23

Promag P

Flow rate characteristic values - Promag P (SI units)


Factory setting

[mm] [inch]min./max. full scale value


15 1/2" 4...100 dm3/min 0.5 dm3/min

25 1" 9...300 dm3/min 1 dm3/min

32 1 1/4" 15...500 dm3/min 2 dm3/min

40 1 1/2" 25...700 dm3/min 3 dm3/min

50 2" 35...1100 dm3/min 5 dm3/min

65 2 1/2" 60...2000 dm3/min 8 dm3/min

80 3" 90...3000 dm3/min 12 dm3/min

100 4" 145...4700 dm3/min 20 dm3/min

125 5" 220...7500 dm3/min 30 dm3/min

150 6" 20...600 m3/h 2.5 m3/h

200 8" 35...1100 m3/h 5.0 m3/h

250 10" 55...1700 m3/h 7.5 m3/h

300 12" 80...2400 m3/h 10 m3/h

350 14" 110...3300 m3/h 15 m3/h

400 16" 140...4200 m3/h 20 m3/h

450 18" 180...5400 m3/h 25 m3/h

500 20" 220...6600 m3/h 30 m3/h

600 24" 310...9600 m3/h 40 m3/h


24 Endress+Hauser

Promag H

Flow rate characteristic values - Promag P (US units)


Factory setting


(v ~ 0.3 or ~ 10 m/s)Low flow cutoff(v ~ 0.04 m/s)

1/2" 15 1.0...27 gal/min 0.10 gal/min

1" 25 2.5...80 gal/min 0.25 gal/min

1 1/4" 32 4...130 gal/min 0.50 gal/min

1 1/2" 40 7...190 gal/min 0.75 gal/min

2" 50 10...300 gal/min 1.25 gal/min

2 1/2" 65 16...500 gal/min 2.0 gal/min

3" 80 24...800 gal/min 2.5 gal/min

4" 100 40...1250 gal/min 4.0 gal/min

5" 125 60...1950 gal/min 7.0 gal/min

6" 150 90...2650 gal/min 12 gal/min

8" 200 155...4850 gal/min 15 gal/min

10" 250 250...7500 gal/min 30 gal/min

12" 300 350...10600 gal/min 45 gal/min

14" 350 500...15000 gal/min 60 gal/min

16" 400 600...19000 gal/min 60 gal/min

18" 450 800...24000 gal/min 90 gal/min

20" 500 1000...30000 gal/min 120 gal/min

24" 600 1400...44000 gal/min 180 gal/min

Flow rate characteristic values - Promag H (SI units)


Factory settings

[mm] inch]min./max. full scale value


2 1/12" 0.06...1.8 dm3/min 0.01 dm3/min

4 5/32" 0.25...7 dm3/min 0.05 dm3/min

8 5/16" 1...30 dm3/min 0.1 dm3/min

15 1/2" 4...100 dm3/min 0.5 dm3/min

25 1" 9...300 dm3/min 1 dm3/min

40 1 1/2" 25...700 dm3/min 3 dm3/min

50 2" 35...1100 dm3/min 5 dm3/min

65 2 1/2" 60...2000 dm3/min 8 dm3/min

80 3" 90...3000 dm3/min 12 dm3/min

100 4" 145...4700 dm3/min 20 dm3/min


Endress+Hauser 25

Flow rate characteristic values - Promag H (US units)


Factory settings



1/12" 2 0.015...0.5 gal/min 0.002 gal/min

5/32" 4 0.07...2 gal/min 0.008 gal/min

5/16" 8 0.25...8 gal/min 0.025 gal/min

1/2" 15 1.0...27 gal/min 0.10 gal/min

1" 22 2.5...65 gal/min 0.25 gal/min

1 1/2" 40 7...190 gal/min 0.75 gal/min

2" 50 10...300 gal/min 1.25 gal/min

2 1/2" 65 16...500 gal/min 2.0 gal/min

3" 80 24...800 gal/min 2.5 gal/min

4" 100 40...1250 gal/min 4.0 gal/min


26 Endress+Hauser

3.2.9 Length of connecting cable

In order to ensure measuring accuracy, comply with the following instructions when installing the remote version:• Secure the cable run or route the cable in a conduit. Movement of the cable can falsify

the measuring signal, particularly if the fluid conductivity is low.• Route the cable well clear of electrical machines and switching elements.• Ensure potential equalisation between sensor and transmitter, if necessary. • Permissible cable length Lmax depends on the fluid conductivity (Fig. 15). A minimum

conductivity of 20 µS/cm is required for measuring demineralised water.

Fig. 15: Permissible cable length for the remote version

Gray shaded area = permissible area Lmax = connecting cable length in [m]Fluid conductivity in [µS/cm]

200

100

5

10 100 200[m]

[ S/cm]µ

L max

L max

F06-

xxxx

xxxx

-05-

xx-x

x-xx

-006


Endress+Hauser 27

3.3 Installation

3.3.1 Installing the Promag W sensor

! Note!Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the customer.

The sensor is designed for installation between the two piping flanges:• Observe in any case the necessary screw tightening torques on Page 29 ff.• The mounting of additional ground disks is described on Page 28.

Fig. 16: Installing the Promag W sensor

SealsComply with the following instructions when installing seals:• Hard rubber lining → additional seals are always necessary!• Polyurethane lining → additional seals are recommended• For DIN flanges, use only seals acc. to DIN 2690.• Make sure that the seals do not protrude into the piping cross-section.

" Caution!Risk of short circuit. Do not use electrically conductive sealing compound such as graphite. An electrically conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and short-circuit the measuring signal.

Grounding cable (DN 15...2000)If necessary, the special grounding cable for potential equalisation can be ordered as an accessory (see Page 119). Detailled assembly instructions → Page 63 ff.

F06-

5xFx

xxxx

-17-

05-x

x-xx

-000


28 Endress+Hauser

Assembly with ground disks (DN 25...300)Depending on the application, e.g. with lined or ungrounded pipes (see Page 62 ff.), it may be necessary to mount ground disks between the sensor and the pipe flange for potential equalisation. Ground disks can be ordered separately as an accessory from E+H (see Page 119).

" Caution!• In this case, when using ground disks (including seals) the total fitting length

increases! The dimensions plus information about the material can be found on Page 165.

• Hard rubber lining → install additional seals between the sensor and grounding disk and between the grounding disk and pipe flange.

• Polyurethane lining → only install additional seals between the grounding disk and pipe flange.

1. Place ground disks and seals between the instrument and the pipe flange (Fig. 17).2. Insert the bolts through the flange holes. Tighten the nuts so that they are still loose.3. Now rotate the grounding disk as shown in Fig. 17 until the handle strikes the bolts.

This will center the grounding disk correctly.4. Now tighten the bolts to the required torque (see Page 29 ff.)5. Connect the grounding disk to ground.

Fig. 17: Assembly with ground disks (Promag W, DN 15 …300)

F06-

5xFx

xxxx

-17-

05-x

x-xx

-001


Endress+Hauser 29

Torques of threaded fasteners (Promag W)Note the following points:• The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only.• Always tighten threaded fasteners uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence.• Overtightening the fasteners will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals.• The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.

Promag WNominal diameter

EN (DIN)Pressure rating

Threaded fasteners

Max. tightening torque [Nm]

[mm] [bar] Hard rubber Polyurethane

25 PN 40 4 x M 12 − 15

32 PN 40 4 x M 16 − 24

40 PN 40 4 x M 16 − 31

50 PN 40 4 x M 16 − 40

65 * PN 16 8 x M 16 32 27

65 PN 40 8 x M 16 32 27

80 PN 16 8 x M 16 40 34

80 PN 40 8 x M 16 40 34

100 PN 16 8 x M 16 43 36

100 PN 40 8 x M 20 59 50

125 PN 16 8 x M 16 56 48

125 PN 40 8 x M 24 83 71

150 PN 16 8 x M 20 74 63

150 PN 40 8 x M 24 104 88

200 PN 10 8 x M 20 106 91

200 PN 16 12 x M 20 70 61

200 PN 25 12 x M 24 104 92

250 PN 10 12 x M 20 82 71

250 PN 16 12 x M 24 98 85

250 PN 25 12 x M 27 150 134

300 PN 10 12 x M 20 94 81

300 PN 16 12 x M 24 134 118

300 PN 25 16 x M 27 153 138

350 PN 10 16 x M 20 112 118

350 PN 16 16 x M 24 152 165

350 PN 25 16 x M 30 227 252

400 PN 10 16 x M 24 151 167

400 PN 16 16 x M 27 193 215

400 PN 25 16 x M 33 289 326

450 PN 10 20 x M 24 153 133

450 PN 16 20 x M 27 198 196

450 PN 25 20 x M 33 256 253

500 PN 10 20 x M 24 155 171


30 Endress+Hauser

500 PN 16 20 x M 30 275 300

500 PN 25 20 x M 33 317 360

600 PN 10 20 x M 27 206 219

600 * PN 16 20 x M 33 415 443

600 PN 25 20 x M 36 431 516

700 PN 10 24 x M 27 246 246

700 PN 16 24 x M 33 278 318

700 PN 25 24 x M 39 449 507

800 PN 10 24 x M 30 331 316

800 PN 16 24 x M 36 369 385

800 PN 25 24 x M 45 664 721

900 PN 10 28 x M 30 316 307

900 PN 16 28 x M 36 353 398

900 PN 25 28 x M 45 690 716

1000 PN 10 28 x M 33 402 405

1000 PN 16 28 x M 39 502 518

1000 PN 25 28 x M 52 970 971

1200 PN 6 32 x M 30 319 299

1200 PN 10 32 x M 36 564 568

1200 PN 16 32 x M 45 701 753

1400 PN 6 36 x M 33 430 398

1400 PN 10 36 x M 39 654 618

1400 PN 16 36 x M 45 729 762

1600 PN 6 40 x M 33 440 417

1600 PN 10 40 x M 45 946 893

1600 PN 16 40 x M 52 1007 1100

1800 PN 6 44 x M 36 547 521

1800 PN 10 44 x M 45 961 895

1800 PN 16 44 x M 52 1108 1003

2000 PN 6 48 x M 39 629 605

2000 PN 10 48 x M 45 1047 1092

2000 PN 16 48 x M 56 1324 1261

* Designed acc. to EN 1092-1 (not to DIN 2501)



Threaded fasteners


[mm] [bar] Hard rubber Polyurethane


Endress+Hauser 31


AWWAPressure rating

Threaded fasteners


[mm] [inch] Hard rubber Polyurethane

700 28" Class D 28 x 1 1/4" 247 292

750 30" Class D 28 x 1 1/4 287 302

800 32" Class D 28 x 1 1/2" 394 422

900 36" Class D 32 x 1 1/2" 419 430

1000 40" Class D 36 x 1 1/2" 420 477

1050 42" Class D 36 x 1 1/2" 528 518

1200 48" Class D 44 x 1 1/2" 552 531

1350 54" Class D 44 x 1 3/4" 730 633

1500 60" Class D 52 x 1 3/4" 758 832

1650 66" Class D 52 x 1 3/4" 946 955

1800 72" Class D 60 x 1 3/4" 975 1087

2000 78" Class D 64 x 2" 853 786


ANSIPressure rating

Threaded fasteners


[mm] [inch] [lbs] Hard rubber Polyurethane

25 1" Class 150 4 x 1/2" − 7

25 1" Class 300 4 x 5/8" − 8

40 1 1/2" Class 150 4 x 1/2" − 10

40 1 1/2" Class 300 4 x 3/4" − 15

50 2" Class 150 4 x 5/8" − 22

50 2" Class 300 8 x 5/8" − 11

80 3" Class 150 4 x 5/8" 60 43

80 3" Class 300 8 x 3/4" 38 26

100 4" Class 150 8 x 5/8" 42 31

100 4" Class 300 8 x 3/4" 58 40

150 6" Class 150 8 x 3/4" 79 59

150 6" Class 300 12 x 3/4" 70 51

200 8" Class 150 8 x 3/4" 107 80

250 10" Class 150 12 x 7/8" 101 75

300 12" Class 150 12 x 7/8" 133 103

350 14" Class 150 12 x 1" 135 158

400 16" Class 150 16 x 1" 128 150

450 18" Class 150 16 x 1 1/8" 204 234

500 20" Class 150 20 x 1 1/8" 183 217

600 24" Class 150 20 x 1 1/4" 268 307


32 Endress+Hauser


JISPressure rating

Threaded fasteners


[mm] Hard rubber Polyurethane

25 10K 4 x M 16 − 19

25 20K 4 x M 16 − 19

32 10K 4 x M 16 − 22

32 20K 4 x M 16 − 22

40 10K 4 x M 16 − 24

40 20K 4 x M 16 − 24

50 10K 4 x M 16 − 33

50 20K 8 x M 16 − 17

65 10K 4 x M 16 55 45

65 20K 8 x M 16 28 23

80 10K 8 x M 16 29 23

80 20K 8 x M 20 42 35

100 10K 8 x M 16 35 29

100 20K 8 x M 20 56 48

125 10K 8 x M 20 60 51

125 20K 8 x M 22 91 79

150 10K 8 x M 20 75 63

150 20K 12 x M 22 81 72

200 10K 12 x M 20 61 52

200 20K 12 x M 22 91 80

250 10K 12 x M 22 100 87

250 20K 12 x M 24 159 144

300 10K 16 x M 22 74 63

300 20K 16 x M 24 138 124


AS 2129Pressure rating

Threaded fasteners


[mm] Hard rubber Polyurethane

80 Table E 8 x M 16 49 −

100 Table E 8 x M 16 38 −

150 Table E 8 x M 20 64 −

200 Table E 8 x M 20 96 −

250 Table E 8 x M 20 98 −

300 Table E 16 x M 24 123 −

350 Table E 16 x M 24 203 −

400 Table E 16 x M 24 226 −

500 Table E 20 x M 24 271 −

600 Table E 20 x M 30 439 −


Endress+Hauser 33

3.3.2 Installing the Promag P sensor

" Caution!• The protective covers mounted on the two sensor flanges guard the PTFE lining,

which is turned over the flanges. Consequently, do not remove these covers until immediately before the sensor is installed in the pipe.

• The covers must remain in place while the device is in storage.• Make sure that the lining is not damaged or removed from the flanges.

! Note!Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the customer.

The sensor is designed for installation between the two piping flanges:• Observe in any case the necessary screw tightening torques on Page 36 ff.• The mounting of additional ground disks is described on Page 34.

Fig. 18: Installing the Promag P sensor

SealsComply with the following instructions when installing seals:• Measuring tube linings with PFA or PTFE → No seals are required.• For DIN flanges, use only seals acc. to DIN 2690.• Make sure that the seals do not protrude into the piping cross-section.

" Caution!Risk of short circuit. Do not use electrically conductive sealing compound such as graphite. An electrically conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and short-circuit the measuring signal.

Grounding cable (DN 15...600)If necessary, the special grounding cable for potential equalisation can be ordered as an accessory (see Page 119). Detailled assembly instructions → Page 63 ff.

F06-

5xFx

xxxx

-17-

05-x

x-xx

-000


34 Endress+Hauser

Assembly with ground disks (DN 15...300)Depending on the application, e.g. with lined or ungrounded pipes (see Page 62 ff.), it may be necessary to mount ground disks between the sensor and the pipe flange for the potential equalisation. Ground disks can be ordered separately as an accessory from E+H (see Page 119).

" Caution!• In this case, when using ground disks (including seals) the total fitting length

increases! The dimensions plus information about the material can be found on Page 165.

• PTFE and PFA lining → only install additional seals between the grounding disk and pipe flange.

1. Place ground disks and seals between the instrument and the pipe flange (Fig. 19).2. Insert the bolts through the flange holes. Tighten the nuts so that they are still loose.3. Now rotate the grounding disk as shown in Fig. 19 until the handle strikes the bolts.

This will center the grounding disk correctly.4. Now tighten the bolts to the required torque (see Page 36 ff.)5. Connect the grounding disk to ground.

Fig. 19: Assembly with ground disks (Promag P, DN 15…300)

F06-

5xFx

xxxx

-17-

05-x

x-xx

-001


Endress+Hauser 35

Installing the high-temperature version (with PFA/PTFE lining)The high-temperature version has a housing support for the thermal separation of sen-sor and transmitter. The high-temperature version is always used for applications in which high ambient temperatures are encountered in conjunction with high fluid tempe-ratures. The high-temperature version is obligatory if the fluid temperature exceeds +150 °C.

! Note!Information on permissible temperature ranges → Page 144

InsulationPipes generally have to be insulated if they carry either very hot or cryogenic fluids, in order to avoid energy losses and to prevent accidental contact with pipes at tempera-tures that could cause injury. Guidelines regulating the insulation of pipes have to be taken into account.

" Caution!Risk of measuring electronics overheating! The housing support dissipates heat and its entire surface area must remain uncovered. Make sure that the sensor insulation does not extend past the top of the two sensor shells (Fig. 20).

Fig. 20: Promag P (high-temperature version): Insulating the pipe

F06-

5xP

xxxx

x-17

-05-

00-x

x-00

0


36 Endress+Hauser

Tightening torques for threaded fasteners (Promag P)Note the following points:• The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only. • Always tighten threaded fasteners uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence.• Overtightening the fasteners will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals.• The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.

Promag PNominal diameter


Threaded fasteners


[mm] [bar] PTFE PFA

15 PN 40 4 x M 12 11 −

25 PN 40 4 x M 12 26 20

32 PN 40 4 x M 16 41 35

40 PN 40 4 x M 16 52 47

50 PN 40 4 x M 16 65 59

65 * PN 16 8 x M 16 43 40

65 PN 40 8 x M 16 43 40

80 PN 16 8 x M 16 53 48

80 PN 40 8 x M 16 53 48

100 PN 16 8 x M 16 57 51

100 PN 40 8 x M 20 78 70

125 PN 16 8 x M 16 75 67

125 PN 40 8 x M 24 111 99

150 PN 16 8 x M 20 99 85

150 PN 40 8 x M 24 136 120

200 PN 10 8 x M 20 141 101

200 PN 16 12 x M 20 94 67

200 PN 25 12 x M 24 138 105

250 PN 10 12 x M 20 110 −

250 PN 16 12 x M 24 131 −

250 PN 25 12 x M 27 200 −

300 PN 10 12 x M 20 125 −

300 PN 16 12 x M 24 179 −

300 PN 25 16 x M 27 204 −

350 PN 10 16 x M 20 188 −

350 PN 16 16 x M 24 254 −

350 PN 25 16 x M 30 380 −

400 PN 10 16 x M 24 260 −

400 PN 16 16 x M 27 330 −

400 PN 25 16 x M 33 488 −

450 PN 10 20 x M 24 235 −

450 PN 16 20 x M 27 300 −

450 PN 25 20 x M 33 385 −


Endress+Hauser 37

500 PN 10 20 x M 24 265 −

500 PN 16 20 x M 30 448 −

500 PN 25 20 x M 33 533 −

600 PN 10 20 x M 27 345 −

600 * PN 16 20 x M 33 658 −

600 PN 25 20 x M 36 731 −

* Designed acc. to EN 1092-1 (not to DIN 2501)


ANSIPressure rating

Threaded fasteners


[mm] [inch] [lbs] PTFE PFA

15 1/2" Class 150 4 x 1/2" 6 −15 1/2" Class 300 4 x 1/2" 6 −25 1" Class 150 4 x 1/2" 11 10

25 1" Class 300 4 x 5/8" 14 12

40 1 1/2" Class 150 4 x 1/2" 24 21

40 1 1/2" Class 300 4 x 3/4" 34 31

50 2" Class 150 4 x 5/8" 47 44

50 2" Class 300 8 x 5/8" 23 22

80 3" Class 150 4 x 5/8" 79 67

80 3" Class 300 8 x 3/4" 47 42

100 4" Class 150 8 x 5/8" 56 50

100 4" Class 300 8 x 3/4" 67 59

150 6" Class 150 8 x 3/4" 106 86

150 6" Class 300 12 x 3/4" 73 67

200 8" Class 150 8 x 3/4" 143 109

250 10" Class 150 12 x 7/8" 135 −300 12" Class 150 12 x 7/8" 178 −350 14" Class 150 12 x 1" 260 −400 16" Class 150 16 x 1" 246 −450 18" Class 150 16 x 1 1/8" 371 −500 20" Class 150 20 x 1 1/8" 341 −600 24" Class 150 20 x 1 1/4" 477 −



Threaded fasteners


[mm] [bar] PTFE PFA


38 Endress+Hauser


JISPressure rating

Threaded fasteners


[mm] PTFE PFA

15 10K 4 x M 12 16 –

15 20K 4 x M 12 16 −

25 10K 4 x M 16 32 −

25 20K 4 x M 16 32 −

32 10K 4 x M 16 38 −

32 20K 4 x M 16 38 −

40 10K 4 x M 16 41 −

40 20K 4 x M 16 41 −

50 10K 4 x M 16 54 −

50 20K 8 x M 16 27 −

65 10K 4 x M 16 74 −

65 20K 8 x M 16 37 −

80 10K 8 x M 16 38 −

80 20K 8 x M 20 57 −

100 10K 8 x M 16 47 −

100 20K 8 x M 20 75 −

125 10K 8 x M 20 80 −

125 20K 8 x M 22 121 −

150 10K 8 x M 20 99 −

150 20K 12 x M 22 108 −

200 10K 12 x M 20 82 −

200 20K 12 x M 22 121 −

250 10K 12 x M 22 133 −

250 20K 12 x M 24 212 −

300 10K 16 x M 22 99 −

300 20K 16 x M 24 183 −


AS 2129Pressure rating

Threaded fasteners


[mm] PTFE PFA

25 Table E 4 x M 12 21 −

50 Table E 4 x M 16 42 −


Endress+Hauser 39

3.3.3 Installing the Promag H sensor

The Promag H is supplied to order, with or without pre-installed process connections. Pre-installed process connections are secured to the sensor with hex-head threaded fasteners.

" Caution!• If you intend to use your own process connections, make up the process adapters as

specified on Page 170 ff..• The sensor might require support or additional attachments, depending on the appli-

cation and the length of the piping run. A wall-mounting kit can be ordered separately from E+H as an accessory (see Page 119).

Fig. 21: Promag H process connections (DN 2...25, DN 40...100)

A: DN 2...25 / process connections with O-rings:Welding flanges (DIN EN ISO 1127, ODT/SMS), flanges (DIN 2635, ANSI B16.5, JIS B2238), PVDF flanges (EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), ANSI B16.5, JIS B2238), external and internal pipe threads (ISO / DIN), hose connections, PVC adhesive fitting

B: DN 2...25 / process connections with aseptic gasket seals:Weld nipples (DIN 11850, ODT), Tri-Clamp, Clamp (ISO 2852, DIN 32676), coupling (DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, SMS 1145), flange DIN 11864-2

C: DN 40...100 / process connections with aseptic gasket seals:Weld nipples (DIN 11850, ODT), Tri-Clamp, Clamp (ISO 2852, DIN 32676), coupling (DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, ISO 2853, SMS 1145), flange DIN 11864-2

SealsWhen installing the process connections, make sure that the seals are clean and correctly centered.

" Caution!• With metallic process connections, you must fully tighten the screws. The process

connection forms a metallic connection with the sensor, which ensures a defined com-pression of the seal.

• With plastic process connections, note the max. torques (for PVDF: 3.3 Nm; for PVC: 10 Nm). With plastic flanges, always use seals between connection and counter flange.

• The seals must be replaced periodically, depending on the application, particularly in the case of gasket seals (aseptic version)! The period between changes depends on the frequency of cleaning cycles, the cleaning temperature and the fluid temperature.Replacement seals can be ordered as accessories → Page 119.

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-17

-05-

xx-x

x-00

0


40 Endress+Hauser

Usage and assembly of ground rings (DN 2…25)In case the process connections are made of plastic (e.g. flanges or adhesive fittings), the potential between the sensor and the fluid must be equalised using additional ground rings. If the ground rings are not installed this can affect the accuracy of the measurements or cause the destruction of the sensor through the electrochemical erosion of the elec-trodes.

" Caution!• Depending on the option ordered, plastic disks may be installed at the process con-

nections instead of ground rings. These plastic disks serve only as spacers and have no potential equalization function. In addition, they provide a sealing function at the interface between the sensor and process connection. For this reason, with process connections without ground rings, these plastic disks/seals must not be removed, or must always be installed.

• Ground rings can be ordered separately from E+H as accessories (see Page 119).When placing the order, make certain that the ground ring is compatible with the mate-rial used for the electrodes. Otherwise, there is a risk that the electrodes may be destroyed by electrochemical corrosion! Information about the materials can be found on Page 146.

• Ground rings, including the seals, are mounted within the process connections. Therefore, the fitting length is not affected. The dimensions of the ground rings can be found on Page 177.

1. Loosen the four hexagonal headed bolts (1) and remove the process connection from the sensor (5).

2. Remove the plastic disk (3), including the two o-ring seals.3. Place the new seal (2) in the groove of the process connection.4. Place the metal ground ring (3) on the process connection.5. Now place the second seal (4) in the groove of the ground ring.6. Finally, mount the process connection on the sensor again.

Fig. 22: Installing ground rings with a Promag H (DN 2...25)

1 Hexagonal headed bolts (process connection)2 O-ring seal for the process connection3 Plastic disk (placeholder) or ground ring4 O-ring seal for the ground ring5 Sensor Promag H

1

3 4

5

2

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-17

-xx-

xx-x

x-00

1


Endress+Hauser 41

Welding the sensor into the piping (weld nipple)

" Caution!Risk of destroying the measuring electronics. Make sure that the welding machine is not grounded via the sensor or the transmitter.

1. Tack-weld the Promag H sensor into the pipe. A suitable welding jig can be ordered separately from E+H as an accessory (see Page 119).

2. Remove the threaded fasteners from the process-connection flange. Remove the sensor complete with seal from the pipe.

3. Weld the process connection into the pipe.4. Reinstall the sensor in the pipe. Make sure that everything is clean and that the seal

is correctly seated.

! Note!• If thin-walled foodstuffs pipes are not welded correctly, the heat could damage the

installed seal. It is therefore advisable to remove the sensor and the seal prior to welding.

• The pipe has to be spread approximately 8 mm to permit disassembly.

Cleaning with pigsIf pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube and process connection into account (see Page 156 ff.).


42 Endress+Hauser

3.3.4 Turning the transmitter housing

Turning the aluminum field housing

# Warning!The turning mechanism in devices with EEx d/de or FM/CSA Cl. I Div. 1 classification is not the same as that described here. The procedure for turning these housings is described in the Ex-specific documentation.

1. Loosen the two securing screws.2. Turn the bayonet catch as far as it will go.3. Carefully lift the transmitter housing as far as it will go.4. Turn the transmitter housing to the desired position (max. 2 x 90° in either direction).5. Lower the housing into position and re-engage the bayonet catch.6. Retighten the two securing screws.

Fig. 23: Turning the transmitter housing (aluminum field housing)

Turning the stainless-steel field housing

1. Loosen the two securing screws.2. Carefully lift the transmitter housing as far as it will go.3. Turn the transmitter housing to the desired position (max. 2 x 90° in either direction).4. Lower the housing into position.5. Retighten the two securing screws.

Fig. 24: Turning the transmitter housing (stainless steel field housing)

F06-

xxxx

xxxx

-17-

06-x

x-xx

-000

F06-

xxxx

xxxx

-17-

06-x

x-xx

-001


Endress+Hauser 43

3.3.5 Turning the local display

1. Remove the cover of the electronics compartment.2. Press the side latches on the display module and remove it from the electronics

compartment cover plate.3. Rotate the display to the desired position (max. 4 x 45° in each direction), and place

it back into the electronics compartment cover plate.4. Screw the cover of the electronics compartment firmly onto the transmitter housing.

Fig. 25: Turning the local display (field housing)

F06-

xxxx

xxxx

-07-

xx-0

6-xx

-000


44 Endress+Hauser

3.3.6 Installing the wall-mount transmitter housing

There are various ways of installing the wall-mount transmitter housing:• Mounted directly on the wall (without mounting kit)• Installation in control panel (with separate mounting kit, accessories → Page 119)• Pipe mounting (with separate mounting kit, accessories → Page 119)

" Caution!• Make sure that ambient temperature does not exceed the permissible range

(–20...+60 °C). Install the device at a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight.• Always install the wall-mount housing in such a way that the cable entries are pointing

down.

Direct wall mounting

1. Drill the holes as illustrated in Fig. 26.2. Remove the cover of the connection compartment (a).3. Push the two securing screws (b) through the appropriate bores (c) in the housing.

– Securing screws (M6): max. Ø 6.5 mm– Screw head: max. Ø 10.5 mm

4. Secure the transmitter housing to the wall as indicated.5. Screw the cover of the connection compartment (a) firmly onto the housing.

Fig. 26: Mounted directly on the wall

90

35

a

b

192

81.5

c c

F06-

xxxx

xxxx

-17-

03-x

x-xx

-000


Endress+Hauser 45

Panel installation

1. Prepare the opening in the panel.2. Slide the housing into the opening in the panel from the front.3. Screw the fasteners onto the wall-mount housing.4. Place the threaded rods in the fasteners and screw them down until the housing is

seated tightly against the panel. Afterwards, tighten the locking nuts. Additional support is not necessary.

Abb. 27: Panel Installation (wall-mount housing)

Pipe mountingThe assembly should be performed by following the instructions in Fig. 28.

" Caution!If the device is mounted to a warm pipe, make certain that the ambient temperature does not exceed +60 °C, which is the maximum permissible temperature.

Fig. 28: Pipe mounting (wall-mount housing)

245

~110

+0.

5–

0.5

210+0.5– 0.5

F06

-xxx

xxxx

x-06

-03-

06-x

x-00

2

Ø 2

0...7

0

~155

F06

-xxx

xxxx

x-06

-03-

06-x

x-00

1


46 Endress+Hauser

3.4 Installation check

Perform the following checks after installing the measuring device in the pipe:

Device condition and specifications Notes

Is the device damaged (visual inspection)? −

Does the device correspond to specifications at the measuring point, including process temperature and pressure, ambient temperature, minimum fluid conductivity, measuring range, etc.?

see Page 141 ff.

Installation Notes

Does the arrow on the sensor nameplate match the direction of flow through the pipe?

−

Is the plane of the measuring-electrode axis correct? horizontal

Is the position of the Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) electrode correct? see Page 17

Were all threaded fasteners tightened to the specified torques when the sensor was installed?

see Section 3.3

Hard rubber lining and ground disks:Were the correct seals installed (type, material, installation)?

Promag W → Page 27Promag P → Page 33Promag H → Page 39

Are the measuring point number and labeling correct (visual inspection)?

−

Process environment / process conditions Notes

Are the inlet and outlet runs respected? Inlet run ≥ 5 x DNOutlet run ≥ 2 x DN

Is the measuring device protected against moisture and direct sunlight?

−

Is the sensor adequately protected against vibration (attachment, sup-port)?

Acceleration up to 2 gby analogy with IEC 68-2-6(see Page 143)

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA 4 Wiring

Endress+Hauser 47

4 Wiring

# Warning!• When connecting Ex-certified devices, see the notes and diagrams in the Ex-specific

supplement to this Operating Instruction. Please do not hesitate to contact your E+H representative if you have any questions.

• If you use remote versions, connect each sensor only to the transmitter having the same serial number. Measuring errors can occur if the devices are not connected in this way.

4.1 Cable specifications for PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

4.1.1 PROFIBUS-DP: Cable specifications

Two types of cable are specified for the bus in the EN 50 170 standard. Cable type A can be used for all transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s. The cable parameters can be taken from the following table:

When setting up the bus, observe the following points:• The maximum cable length (segment length) of a PROFIBUS-DP system depends on

the transmission rate. With PROFIBUS-RS 485 Cable Type A, this value is:

• A maximum of 32 stations are permitted per segment.• Each segment is terminated at both ends with a terminating resistor.• The bus length or number of users can be increased by installing a repeater.• The first and last segments can support a max. of 31 devices. The segments between

repeaters can support a max. of 30 stations.• The maximum distance achievable between two bus users is calculated as:

(NUM_REP + 1) x segment lengthNUM_REP = maximum number of repeaters, which can be placed in series, depend-ent on the respective repeater.

Example:According to the manufacturer's information, a maximum of 9 repeaters may be placed in series on a standard line.The maximum distance between two bus users at a transmission rate of 1.5 MBit/s is thus: (9 + 1) x 200 m = 2000 m

Cable Type A

Characteristic impedance 135... 165 Ω at a measurement frequency of 3...20 MHz

Cable capacitance <30 pF/m

Wire size >0.34 mm2, equals AWG 22

Cable type twisted pairs, 1 x 2, 2 x 2 or 1 x 4 conductors

Loop resistance 110 Ω/km

Signal attenuation max. 9 dB over the entire length of the line segment

Shielding Copper braided shield or braided shield and foil screen

Transmission Rate [kBit/s] 9.6...93.75 187.5 500 1500 300...12000

Cable length [m] 1200 1000 400 200 100

4 Wiring PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

48 Endress+Hauser

Stubs (PROFIBUS-DP)Note the following points:• Total combined length of all stubs < 6.6 m (at a max. of 1.5 MBit/s)• At transmission rates >1.5 MBit/s, stubs should not be used.

The line between the cable connector and the bus driver in the field device is called a stub. Our experience with the systems, indicates that you should be quite careful with the length of the stubs when planning your project. Therefore, we recommend that you do not attempt to utilise the full theoretical maximum total combined length of 6.6 m for all stubs at 1.5 MBit/s. The order of the respective field devices makes more of a difference in this case. We recommend that at transmission rates >1.5 MBit/s you avoid using stubs.

• If you must use stubs, do not install terminating resistors on them.

Shielding and grounding (PROFIBUS-DP/-PA)When planning the shielding and grounding for a field bus system, there are three important points to consider:• Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)• Explosion protection• Safety of the personnel

To ensure the optimum electromagnetic compatibility of systems, it is important that the system components and above all the cables, which connect the components, are shielded and that no portion of the system is unshielded.Ideally, the cable shields will be connected to the field devices' housings, which are usually metal. Since these housings are generally connected to the protective ground conductor, the shield of the bus cable will thus be grounded many times.This approach, which provides the best electromagnetic compatibility and personnel safety, can be used without restriction in plants with good potential equalisation.In the case of plants without potential equalisation, a mains frequency (50 Hz) equalis-ing current can flow between two grounding points, which in unfavorable cases, e.g. when it exceeds the permissible shield current, may destroy the cable. To suppress the low frequency equalising currents on systems lacking potential equal-isation, it is therefore advisable to connect the cable shield directly to the building (or protective ground conductor) at only one end and to use capacitive coupling to connect it to all other grounding points.


Endress+Hauser 49

Setting the terminatorsSince mismatches in the impedance result in signal reflections on the line and can thus lead to communication errors, it is important to terminate the lines properly.

# Warning!Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics com-partment.

The terminator switches are located on the I/O board (see Fig. 29).

• For baud rates of up to 1.5 MBaud, terminate the last transmitter on the bus by setting the terminator switch SW 1 to: ON – ON – ON – ON.

• If the device is to be operated at over 1.5 Mbaud, you can tap the supply voltage for an external terminator from terminals 24 (GND) and 25 (+5 V) (see Fig. 33).

• If the device is to be operated at a baud rate >1.5 Mbaud, an external terminator is necessary, e.g. with a 9-pin Sub D cable connector combination, with an integrated series inductance to compensate for the station's capacitive load and minimise the resulting line reflections.

Fig. 29: Setting the terminators (PROFIBUS-DP)

A = Factory settingB = Setting on the last transmitter

! Note:As a rule, we recommend that an external terminator be used, since a defect in an inter-nally terminated device can disrupt the entire segment.

F06-

53xP

Bxx

x-04

-00-

xx-x

x-00

2

1 2

O N

3 41 2

O N

3 4

1 2

O N

3 41 2

O N

3 4

390 Ω

SW1

220 Ω390 Ω

+5V

ONOFF

4321

A

SW1

390 Ω220 Ω390 Ω

+5V

ONOFF

4321

B


50 Endress+Hauser

4.1.2 PROFIBUS-PA: Cable specifications

Cable typeTwin-core cable is required for connecting the device to the fieldbus. By analogy with IEC 61158-2 (MBP) protocol four different cable types (A, B, C, D) can be used with PROFIBUS protocol, only two of which (cable types A and B) are shielded.• Cable types A or B are particularly preferable for new installations. Only these types

have cable shielding that guarantees adequate protection from electromagnetic inter-ference and thus the most reliable data transfer. On multi-pair cables (Type B), it is permissible to operate multiple fieldbuses (with the same degree of protection) on one cable. No other circuits are permissible in the same cable.

• Practical experience has shown that cable types C and D should not be used due to the lack of shielding, since the freedom from interference generally does not meet the requirements described in the standard.

The electrical data of the fieldbus cable has not been specified but determines impor-tant characteristics of the design of the fieldbus, such as distances bridged, number of participants, electromagnetic compatibility, etc.

Suitable fieldbus cables from various manufacturers for the non-hazardous area are listed below:• Siemens: 6XV1 830-5BH10• Belden: 3076F• Kerpen: CeL-PE/OSCR/PVC/FRLA FB-02YS(ST)YFL

Cable type A Cable type B

Cable structure twisted pair, shielded one or more twisted pairs, fully shielded

Wire size 0.8 mm2 (AWG 18) 0.32 mm2 (AWG 22)

Loop resistance (DC) 44 Ω/km 112 Ω/km

Impedance at 31.25 kHz 100 Ω ± 20% 100 Ω ± 30%

Attenuation at 39 kHz 3 dB/km 5 dB/km

Capacitive asymmetry 2 nF/km 2 nF/km

Envelope delay distortion (7.9 through 39 kHz)

1.7 µs/km *

Shield coverage 90% *

Max. cable length (inc. spurs >1 m) 1900 m 1200 m

* not specified


Endress+Hauser 51

Maximum overall cable lengthThe maximum network expansion depends on the type of ignition protection and the cable specifications. The overall cable length is made up of the length of the main cable and the length of all spurs (>1 m). Note the following points:• The maximum permissible overall cable length depends on the cable type used.

• If repeaters are used the maximum permissible cable length is doubled.A maximum of four repeaters are permitted between station and master.

Maximum spur lengthThe line between distribution box and field device is described as a spur.In the case of non ex-rated applications the max. length of a spur depends on the number of spurs (>1 m):

Number of field devicesIn systems that meet FISCO in the EEx ia type of protection, the line length is limited a max. of 1000 m.A maximum of 32 stations per segment in non-explosive areas or a maximum of 10 sta-tions in an Ex-area (EEx ia IIC) are possible. The actual number of stations must be determined during the project planning.

Bus terminationThe start and end of each fieldbus segment are always to be terminated with a bus ter-minator. With various junction boxes (not ex-rated) the bus termination can be activated via a switch. If this is not the case a separate bus terminator must be installed. Note the following points in addition:• In the case of a branched bus segment the device furthest from the segment connec-

tor represents the end of the bus.• If the fieldbus is extended with a repeater then the extension must also be terminated

at both ends.

Shielding and grounding(see Cable specifications PROFIBUS-DP Page 48)

Further informationGeneral information and further notes regarding the wiring can be found in the Operat-ing Instructions BA 198F/00/en “Field communications - PROFIBUS-DP/-PA:Guides for project planning and commissioning”.

Type A 1900 m

Type B 1200 m

Number of spurs 1 ... 12 13... 14 15... 18 19... 24 25... 32

Max. length per spur 120 m 90 m 60 m 30 m 1 m


52 Endress+Hauser

4.2 Connecting the remote version

4.2.1 Connecting Promag W / P / H

# Warning!• Risk of electric shock. Switch off the power supply before opening the device. Do not

install or wire the device while it is connected to the power supply. Failure to comply with this precaution can result in irreparable damage to the electronics.

• Risk of electric shock. Connect the protective conductor to the ground terminal on the housing before the power supply is applied.

Procedure (Fig. 30, Fig. 31):

1. Transmitter: Loosen the screws and remove cover (a) from the connection compartment.

2. Sensor: Remove cover (b) from the connection housing.3. Feed signal cable (c) and coil current cable (d) through the appropriate cable

entries.

" Caution!– Make sure the connecting cables are secured (see Page 26).– Risk of damaging the coil driver. Always switch off the power supply before

connecting or disconnecting the coil cable.

4. Preterminate signal cable and coil current cable:Promag W, P → Refer to the information on Page 54Promag H → Refer to the information on Page 55

5. Establish the connections between sensor and transmitter in accordance with the wiring diagram:→ Fig. 30, Fig. 31→ wiring diagram inside the cover

" Caution!Insulate the shields of cables that are not connected to eliminate the risk of short-circuits with neighboring cable shields inside the sensor connection housing.

6. Transmitter: Secure cover (a) on the connection compartment.7. Sensor: Secure cover (b) on the connection housing.


Endress+Hauser 53

Fig. 30: Connecting the Promag W/P remote version

a = cover of the connection compartment, b = cover of the sensor connection housing, c = signal cable, d = coil current cable, n.c. = not connected, insulated cable shields

Fig. 31: Connecting the Promag H remote version

a = cover of the connection compartment, b = cover of the sensor connection housing, c = signal cable, d = coil current cable, n.c. = not connected, insulated cable shields

6 5

5

7

7

8 4

4

37

37

36 42

42

41

41

E1 E2 GND E

2 1

a

c d

b

S1 E1 E2 S2 GND E S

n.c. n.c.n.c.

brn

wht

grn

yel

EPD

Coil circuit

Pipe

Electrode circuit

Meas.signal

F06-

5xFx

xxxx

-04-

xx-x

x-en

-000

6 5

5

7

7

8 4

4

37

37

36 42

42

41

41

E1 E2

DN 40...100 DN 2...25

GND E

2 1

a

c d

b

S1 E1 E2 S2 GND E S

n.c. n.c.n.c.

brn

wht

grn

yel

EPD

Coil circuit

Pipe

Electrode circuit

Meas. signal

F06-

5xH

xxxx

x-04

-xx-

xx-e

n-00

0


54 Endress+Hauser

Cable termination for the remote versionPromag W / Promag P

Terminate the signal and coil current cables as shown in the figure below (Detail A).Fit the fine-wire cores with cable end sleeves (Detail B).

" Caution!When fitting the connectors, pay attention to the following points:• Signal cable → Make sure that the cable end sleeves do not touch the wire shield on the sensor side.

Minimum distance = 1 mm (exception “GND” = green cable).• Coil current cable → Insulate one core of the three-core wire at the level of the core reinforcement; you only require two cores for the

connection.

TRANSMITTER

Signal cable Coil current cable

SENSOR


A B

8050 17

8

grn

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-04-

11-0

8-en

-000

BA

7050

108

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-04-

11-0

8-xx

-000

8050 17

8

≥1

A B

grn

F06-

5xFx

xxxx

-04-

11-0

8-en

-000

A B

7050

108

F06-

5xFx

xxxx

-04-

11-0

8-xx

-000


Endress+Hauser 55

Cable termination for the remote versionPromag H

Terminate the signal and coil current cables as shown in the figure below (Detail A).Fit the fine-wire cores with cable end sleeves (Detail B).

" Caution!When fitting the connectors, pay attention to the following points:• Signal cable → Make sure that the cable end sleeves do not touch the wire shield on the sensor side.

Minimum distance = 1 mm (exception “GND” = green cable).• Coil current cable → Insulate one core of the three-core wire at the level of the core reinforcement; you only require two cores for the

connection.• On the sensor side, reverse both cable shields approx. 15 mm over the outer jacket. The strain relief ensures an electrical connection with

the connection housing.

TRANSMITTER


SENSOR


A B

8050 17

8

grn

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-04-

11-0

8-en

-000

BA

7050

108

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-04-

11-0

8-xx

-000

A B

8015 17

8 ≥1

grn

F06-

5xH

xxxx

x-04

-11-

08-e

n-00

0

A B

70

4015

5

F06-

5xH

xxxx

x-04

-11-

08-x

x-00

0


56 Endress+Hauser

4.2.2 Cable specifications

Coil cable• 2 x 0.75 mm2 PVC cable with common, braided copper shield (Ø approx. 7 mm)• Conductor resistance: ≤ 37 Ω/km• Capacitance: core/core, shield grounded: ≤ 120 pF/m• Permanent operating temperature: –20…+80 °C• Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2

Signal cable:• 3 x 0.38 mm2 PVC cable with common, braided copper shield (Ø approx. 7 mm) and

individually shielded cores• With Empty Pipe Detection (EPD): 4 x 0.38 mm2 PVC cable with common, braided

copper shield (Ø approx. 7 mm) and individually shielded cores• Conductor resistance: ≤ 50 Ω/km• Capacitance: core/shield: ≤ 420 pF/m• Permanent operating temperature: –20…+80 °C• Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2

Fig. 32: a = Signal cable, b = Coil current cable

1 = Core2 = Core insulation3 = Core shield4 = Core jacket5 = Core reinforcement6 = Cable shield7 = Outer jacket

As an option, E+H can also deliver reinforced connecting cables with an additional, reinforcing metal braid. We recommend such cables for the following cases:• Directly buried cable• Cables endangered by rodents• Device operation which should comply with the IP 68 standard of protection

Operation in zones of severe electrical interference:The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance with EN 61010, the EMC requirements of EN 61326/A1, and NAMUR recommendation NE 21.

" Caution!Grounding is by means of the ground terminals provided for the purpose inside the con-nection housing. Keep the stripped and twisted lengths of cable shield to the terminals as short as possible.

1234567

a b

F06

-5xW

xxxx

x-04

-11-

08-x

x-00

3


Endress+Hauser 57

4.3 Connecting the measuring unit

4.3.1 Connecting the transmitter

# Warning!• Risk of electric shock. Switch off the power supply before opening the device.

Do not install or wire the device while it is connected to the power supply. Failure to comply with this precaution can result in irreparable damage to the electronics.

• Risk of electric shock. Connect the protective conductor to the ground terminal on the housing before the power supply is applied (not necessary if the power supply is gal-vanically isolated).

• Compare the specifications on the nameplate with the local voltage supply and fre-quency. The national regulations governing the installation of electrical equipment also apply.

Procedure (Fig. 33, Fig. 34):

1. Remove the cover of the connection compartment (f) from the transmitter housing.2. Feed the power-supply cable (a) and PROFIBUS cable (b) through the appropriate

cable entries.

! Note!The Promag 53 can also be supplied with the option of a ready-mounted fieldbus connector. More information on this can be found on Page 60.

3. Connecting the cables:– Wiring diagram (aluminum and stainless steel housings) → Fig. 33– Wiring diagram (wall-mount housing) → Fig. 34

" Caution!– The PROFIBUS cable can be damaged!

If the shielding of the cable is grounded at more than one point in plants without additional potential equalisation, mains frequency equalisation currents can occur that damage the cable or the shielding. In such cases the shielding of the cable is to be grounded on only one side, i.e. it must not be connected to the ground terminal of the housing. The shield that is not connected should be insulated!

– We recommend that the PROFIBUS not be looped using conventional cable glands. If you later replace even just one measuring device, the bus communica-tion for the entire bus will have to be interrupted.

! Note!– The terminals for the PROFIBUS-PA connection (26/27) have an integral polarity

protection. This ensures correct signal transmission via the fieldbus even if lines are confused.

– Conductor cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2

– Observe the plant’s grounding concept.

4. Screw the cover of the connection compartment (f) firmly back onto the transmitter housing.


58 Endress+Hauser

Fig. 33: Connecting the transmitter (field housing), conductor cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2

A = Aluminium field housingB = Stainless steel housing

a Cable for power supply: 85...260 V AC, 20...55 V AC, 16...62 V DC Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC; Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L− for DC

b PROFIBUS-DP/-PA cable (see Page 47): Terminal No. 26: DP(B) / PA+ Terminal No. 27: DP(A) / PA –DP(A) = RxD/TxD-N, DP(B) = RxD/TxD-P

c Ground terminal for protective conductord Ground terminal for signal-cable shielde Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA 193 (FieldCheck, ToF Tool-FieldTool Package)f Cover of the connection compartmentg Cable for external termination:

Terminal No. 24: +5VTerminal No. 25: DGND

h ClampF0

6-53

xPB

xxx-

04-0

6-xx

-xx-

000

b

b

c

d

a

a27

25

23

21

21

26

24

22

20

L1 (L+)

DP(B) / PA(+)

N (L-)

DP(A) / PA(-)

h

f

e

f

b

a

A

B

(DGND)(+5 V)

g

g

g


Endress+Hauser 59

Fig. 34: Connecting the transmitter (wall-mount housing), conductor cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2

a Cable for power supply: 85...260 V AC, 20...55 V AC, 16...62 V DC Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC; Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L− for DC

b PROFIBUS-DP/-PA cable (see Page 47):Terminal No. 26: DP(B) / PA+ Terminal No. 27: DP(A) / PA –DP(A) = RxD/TxD-N, DP(B) = RxD/TxD-P

c Ground terminal for protective conductord Ground terminal for signal-cable shielde Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA 193 (FieldCheck, ToF Tool-FieldTool Package)f Cover of the connection compartmentg Cable for external termination:

Terminal No. 24: +5VTerminal No. 25: DGND

F06-

53xP

Bxx

x-04

-03-

xx-x

x-00

0

1 2

c d

e

aa bbg

222320 21 2425 26 27

f

DP (B) / PA (+)DP (A) / PA (–)

(DGND)(+5 V)

g

L1 (L+)N (L–)


60 Endress+Hauser

4.3.2 Fieldbus connector

! Note!This connector can only be used for a PROFIBUS-PA device.

The connection technology of PROFIBUS-PA allows measuring devices to be con-nected to the fieldbus via uniform mechanical connections such as T-boxes, junction boxes, etc. This connection technology using prefabricated distribution modules and plug-in connectors offers substantial advantages over conventional wiring:• Field devices can be removed, replaced or added at any time during normal opera-

tion. The communications will not be interrupted.• This simplifies installation and maintenance significantly.• Existing cable infrastructures can be used and expanded instantly, e.g. when con-

structing new star distributors using 4-channel or 8-channel junction boxes.

The Promag 53 can therefore be supplied with a ready-mounted fieldbus connector. Fieldbus connectors for retrofitting can be ordered from E+H as a spare part (see Page 119).

Fig. 35: Connectors for connecting to the PROFIBUS-PA

A = Aluminum field housingB = Stainless steel field housingC = Protective cap for connectorD = Fieldbus connectorE = Adapter PG 13.5 / M 20.5F = Connector on housing (male)G = Connector (female)

Pin assignment / color codes:1 = Brown wire: PA+ (Terminal 26)2 = Not connected3 = Blue wire: PA– (Terminal 27)4 = Black wire: Grounding (Notes about connection → Page 58, 59)5 = Female contact in the center not connected6 = Positioning groove7 = Positioning mark

F06-

xxxP

Bxx

x-04

-xx-

xx-x

x-00

0


Endress+Hauser 61

Technical data (fieldbus connector):

Conductor size 0.75 mm2

Connector thread PG 13.5

Degree of protection IP 67 in accordance with DIN 40 050 IEC 529

Contact surface CuZnAu

Housing material Cu Zn, surface Ni

Flammability V - 2 in accordance with UL - 94

Operating temperature –40...+85 °C

Ambient temperature –40...+150 °C

Nominal current per contact 3 A

Nominal voltage 125...150 V DC in accordance with the VDE standard 01 10/ISO Group 10

Comparative tracking KC 600

Volume resistance ≤8 mΩ in accordance with IEC 512 Part 2

Dialectric resistance ≤1012 Ω in accordance with IEC 512 Part 2


62 Endress+Hauser

4.4 Potential equalisation

4.4.1 Standard case

Proper measurement is only ensured when the fluid and sensor are at the same electri-cal potential. Most Promag sensors have a standard installed reference electrode which guarantees the required connection. As a rule, this is sufficient to eliminate the need for ground disks or other measures.

Promag W:Reference electrode is standard

Promag P:Reference electrode is optional, depending on material

Promag H:• No reference electrode. The metallic process connection provides a permanent elec-

trical connection to the fluid.• If the process connections are made of a synthetic material, ground disks have to be

used to ensure that potential is equalised (see Page 40). Ground rings are optional accessories, which must be ordered separately → Page 119.

! Note!When installed in metal pipes, we recommend that the transmitter housing's ground ter-minal be connected to the pipe. Also, observe company-internal grounding guidelines.

Fig. 36: Potential equalisation by means of the transmitter's ground terminal

" Caution!If the sensor does not have a reference electrode or metallic process connections, the potential equalisation must be established in the manner described in the following spe-cial cases. These special measures are in particular necessary when the usual ground-ing is not ensured or when it is likely that there will be an excessive equalisation current.

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-04-

xx-x

x-xx

-002


Endress+Hauser 63

4.4.2 Special cases

Equalising currents in metallic, ungrounded pipesTo prevent disturbances to the measurement, we recommend that both sensor flanges be connected with a grounding cable to the adjacent pipe flange and to ground. Con-nect the transmitter or sensor connection housing, as applicable, to ground potential by means of the ground terminal provided for the purpose (Fig. 37).

" Caution!Also, observe company-internal grounding guidelines.

! Note!The grounding cable for flange-to-flange connections can be ordered separately as an accessory from E+H → Page 119.• DN ≤ 300: the grounding cable is in direct connection with the conductive flange coa-

ting and is secured by the flange screws.• DN ≥ 350: the grounding cable connects directly to the metal transport bracket.

Fig. 37: Potential equalisation with equalising currents in metallic, non-grounded piping systems

6 mm² Cu

DN 300≤ DN 350≥

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-04-

xx-x

x-xx

-003


64 Endress+Hauser

Plastic pipes or pipes lined with insulating materialNormally the potential equalisation is accomplished via the reference electrodes in the measuring tube. However, it is still possible that in some cases due to a plant's ground-ing design that a large equalisation current will flow over the reference electrodes. This can cause the destruction of the sensor, e.g. through the electrochemical erosion of the electrodes. In such cases, e.g. with fiberglass or PVC pipes, we recommend that you use ground disks to improve the potential equalisation (Fig. 38).Mounting of ground disks → Page 28, 34.

" Caution!• isk of damage by electrochemical corrosion. Note the electrochemical insulation rat-

ing, if the ground disks and measuring electrodes are made of different materials.• Also, observe company-internal grounding guidelines.

Fig. 38: Potential equalisation / ground disks with plastic pipes or lined pipes

Lined pipes (cathodic protection)In such cases, the sensor should be installed in the pipes in a potential-free manner:• When installing the measuring device, make sure that there is an electrical connection

between the two piping runs (copper wire, 6 mm2).• Make sure that the installation materials do not establish a conductive connection to

the measuring device and that the installation materials withstand the tightening tor-ques applied when the threaded fasteners are tightened.

• Also comply with the regulations applicable to potential-free installation.

Fig. 39: Potential equalisation and cathode protection

1 = power supply isolating transformator, 2 = electrically isolated

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-04-

xx-x

x-xx

-004

F06-

5xxx

xxxx

-04-

xx-x

x-xx

-005


Endress+Hauser 65

4.5 Degree of protection

The devices fulfill all the requirements for IP 67. Compliance with the following points is mandatory following installation in the field or servicing, in order to ensure that IP 67 pro-tection is maintained:

• The housing seals must be clean and undamaged when inserted into their grooves. The seals must be dried, cleaned or replaced if necessary.

• All threaded fasteners and screw covers must be firmly tightened.• The cables used for connection must be of the specified outside diameter

(see Page 142).• Firmly tighten the cable entries (Fig. 40). • The cables must loop down before they enter the cable entries (“water trap”, Fig. 40).

This arrangement prevents moisture penetrating the entry. Always install the measur-ing device in such a way that the cable entries do not point up.

• Remove all unused cable entries and insert plugs instead.• Do not remove the grommet from the cable entry.

Fig. 40: Installation instructions, cable entries

" Caution!Do not loosen the threaded fasteners of the Promag sensor housing, as otherwise the degree of protection guaranteed by Endress+Hauser no longer applies.

! Note!The Promag W and Promag P sensors can be supplied with IP 68 rating (permanent immersion in water to a depth of 3 meters). In this case the transmitter must be installed remote from the sensor.

F06-

xxxx

xxxx

-04-

xx-x

x-xx

-005


66 Endress+Hauser

4.6 Electrical connection check

Perform the following checks after completing electrical installation of the measuring device:

Device condition and specifications Notes

Are cables or the device damaged (visual inspection)? −

Electrical connection of meter Notes

Does the supply voltage match the specifications on the nameplate? 85...260 V AC (45...65 Hz)20...55 V AC (45...65 Hz)16...62 V DC

Do the cables comply with the specifications? PROFIBUS-DP → Page 47PROFIBUS-PA → Page 50Remote Version → Page 56

Do the cables have adequate strain relief? −

Are the cables correctly segregated by type?Without loops and crossovers?

−

Are the power-supply and fieldbus cables correctly connected? see the wiring diagram inside the cover of the terminal com-partment

Are all screw terminals firmly tightened? −

Have the measures for grounding/potential equalisation been correctly implemented?

see Page 62

Are all cable entries installed, firmly tightened and correctly sealed? Cables looped as “water traps”?

see Page 65

Are all housing covers installed and firmly tightened? −

Electrical connection - PROFIBUS-DP/-PA Notes

Are all the connecting components (T-boxes, junction boxes, connec-tors, etc.) connected with each other correctly?

–

Has each fieldbus segment been terminated at both ends with a bus terminator?

–

Has the max. length of the fieldbus cable been observed in accord-ance with the PROFIBUS specifications?

PROFIBUS-DP → Page 47PROFIBUS-PA → Page 51

Has the max. length of the stubs been observed in accordance with the PROFIBUS specifications?

PROFIBUS-DP → Page 48

Is the fieldbus cable fully shielded and correctly grounded? see Page 48

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA 5 Operation

Endress+Hauser 67

5 Operation

5.1 Operation at a glance

You have a number of options for configuring and commissioning the device:

1. Local display (Option) → Page 68The local display enables you to read all of the important parameters directly at the measuring point, configure device-specific parameters in the field and commission the instrument.

2. Configuration program → Page 79The configuration of profile and device-specific parameters is primarily done via the PROFIBUS-DP/-PA interface. You can obtain special configuration and operating pro-grams from the various manufacturers for these purposes.

3. Jumpers and miniature switches for hardware settings → Page 88You can make the following hardware settings for the PROFIBUS-DP/-PA using jumpers or miniature switches on the I/O board:• Set the device bus address• Switch the hardware write protection on or off

Fig. 41: Options for operating the Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

1 Configuration / operation programs for operating the device via the PROFIBUS-DP/-PA2 Jumpers or miniature switches for hardware settings (write protection, device address)3 Local display for the operation of the device in the field (option)

F06-

xxxP

Bxx

x-19

-xx-

xx-x

x-00

0

1

2

3E- +

5 Operation PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

68 Endress+Hauser

5.2 Operation via the local display

5.2.1 Display and operating elements

The local display enables you to read all important parameters directly at the measuring point and configure the device using the “Quick Setup” or the function matrix.

Fig. 42: Display and operating elements

Liquid-crystal display (1)

The backlit, four-line liquid-crystal display shows measured values, dialog texts and both system and process error messages. The display as it appears when normal measuring is in progress is known as the HOME posi-tion (operating mode).

Optical sensors for Touch Control (2)

Plus / Minus keys (3)

– HOME position → Direct access to totalizer values and actual values of inputs/outputs– Enter numerical values, select parameters– Select different blocks, groups or function groups within the function matrix

Press the +/− keys simultaneously to trigger the following functions:– Exit the function matrix step by step → HOME position– Press and hold down +/– keys for longer than 3 seconds → Return directly to the HOME position– Cancel data entry

Enter key (4)

– HOME position → Entry into the function matrix– Save the numerical values you input or settings you change

+24.502+1863.97

l

m3

s

–50 +50 %

v

v

3Σ

Esc

E+-

+24.502+1863.97

l

m3

s

–50 +50 %

v

v

3Σ1

2

3 4

F06-

53xx

xxxx

-07-

xx-x

x-xx

-000


Endress+Hauser 69

DisplayThe display area consists of three lines in all; this is where measured values are dis-played, and/or status variables (direction of flow, partially filled pipe, bargraph, etc.). You can change the assignment of display lines to variables at will in order to customize the display to suit your needs and preferences (→ see the “Description of Device Func-tions” manual).

Multiplex mode:A maximum of two different display variables can be assigned to each line.Variables multiplexed in this way alternate every 10 seconds on the display.

Error messages:The modes of presentation for system and process error messages are described in detail on Page 73 ff.

Fig. 43: Typical display for normal operating mode (HOME position)

1 Main line shows primary measured values, e.g. volume flow in [l/s].2 Supplementary line shows supplementary measured variables, e.g. totalizer No. 3 in [m3]3 Information line shows additional information on the measured variables, e.g. bar graph of the limit value

reached by the volume flow.4 “Info icons” field: Icons representing additional information on the measured values are shown in this

field. See Page 70 for a full list of the icons and their meanings.5 “Measured values” field: The current measured values appear in this field.6 “Unit of measure” field: The units of measure and time defined for the current measured values appear

in this field.

Additional display functionsDepending on the order options, the local display has different display functions:

Device without batching software:From HOME position, use the OS keys to open an “Info Menu” containing the following information:• Totalizer (including overflow)• Actual values or states of the configured inputs/outputs• Device TAG number (user-definable)

OS → Scan of individual values within the Info MenuX (Esc key) → Back to HOME position

1

4 5 6

2

3

+24.502+1863.97

l

m3

s

–50 +50 %

v

v

3Σ

F06-

53xx

xxxx

-07-

xx-x

x-xx

-001


70 Endress+Hauser

IconsThe icons which appear in the field on the left make it easier to read and recognise measured variables, device status, and error messages.

Symbol Bedeutung Symbol Bedeutung

S System error P Process error

$Fault message (with effect on outputs)

!Notice message (without effect on outputs)

Mass flow Volume flow

Active device operation via PROFIBUS, e.g. Commuwin II

Fluid temperature

Display valuewith status GOOD

Display value with status UNC = uncertain

Display value with status BAD

Output value OUT,Analog Input 1...2 with status OK

Output value OUT,Totalizer 1...3 with status OK

Output value OUT,Input 1...2 with status UNC = uncertain

Output value OUT, Totalizer 1...3 with status UNC = uncertain

Output value OUT,Analog Input 1...2 with status BAD

Output value OUT, Totalizer 1...3 with status BAD

y

y y


Endress+Hauser 71

5.2.2 Brief description of the function matrix

! Note!• See the general notes on Page 72.• Function descriptions → see the “Description of Device Functions” manual

1. HOME position → F → Enter the function matrix2. Select a block (e.g. USER INTERFACE)3. Select a group (e.g. CONTROL)4. Select a function group (e.g. BASIC CONFIGURATION)5. Select function (e.g. LANGUAGE)

Change parameter / enter numerical values:OS key → Select/enter release code, parameters, counter valuesF key → Save the entries

6. Exit the function matrix:– Press and hold down Esc key (X) for longer than 3 seconds → HOME position– Repeatedly press Esc key (X) → return step by step to HOME position

Fig. 44: Selecting functions and configuring parameters (function matrix)

F06-

x3xx

xxxx

-19-

xx-x

x-xx

-000


72 Endress+Hauser

General notesA few parameters must be entered for the commissioning (see Commissioning Page 92). Complex measuring operations on the other hand necessitate additional functions that you can configure as necessary and customize to suit your process parameters. The function matrix, therefore, comprises a multiplicity of additional func-tions which, for the sake of clarity, are arranged on a number of menu levels (blocks, groups, and function groups).

Comply with the following instructions when configuring functions:• You select functions as described on Page 71. Each cell in the function matrix is iden-

tified by a numerical or letter code on the display.• You can switch off certain functions (OFF). If you do so, related functions in other

function groups will no longer be displayed.• Certain functions prompt you to confirm your data entries. Press P to select

“SURE [ YES ]” and then press F again to confirm. This saves your setting or starts a function, as applicable.

• Return to the HOME position is automatic if no key is pressed for 5 minutes.• Programming mode is disabled automatically if you do not press a key within

60 seconds following automatic return to the HOME position.

! Note!• The transmitter continues to measure while data entry is in progress, i.e. the current

measured values are output via the signal outputs in the normal way.• If the power supply fails, all preset and parameterised values remain safely stored in

the EEPROM.

" Caution!All of the functions are described in detail, including the function matrix itself, in the “Description of Device Functions” manual, which is a separate part of this Operating Instruction!

Enabling the programming modeThe function matrix can be disabled. Disabling the function matrix rules out the possi-bility of inadvertent changes to device functions, numerical values or factory settings. You must first enter a numerical code (factory setting = 53) before you can change the settings. If you use a code number of your choice, you exclude the possibility of unau-thorised persons accessing data (→ see the “Description of Device Functions” manual).

Comply with the following instructions when entering codes:• If programming is disabled and the OS keys are pressed in any function, a prompt for

the code will appear automatically on the display.• If “0” is entered as the customer's code, programming is always enabled.• The E+H service organisation can be of assistance if you mislay your personal code.

" Caution!Changing certain parameters such as all sensor characteristics, for example, influences numerous functions of the entire measuring system, particularly measuring accuracy. There is no need to change these parameters under normal circumstances and conse-quently, they are protected by a special code known only to the E+H service organisa-tion. Please contact Endress+Hauser if you have any questions.


Endress+Hauser 73

Disabling the programming modeProgramming mode is disabled if you do not press a key within 60 seconds following automatic return to the HOME position.You can also disable programming in the “ACCESS CODE” function by entering any number (other than the customer's code).

5.2.3 Error messages

Type of errorErrors which occur during commissioning or measuring operation are displayed imme-diately. If two or more system or process errors occur, the error with the highest priority is the one shown on the display.

The measuring system distinguishes between two types of error:• System errors: This group comprises all device errors, e.g. communication errors,

hardware errors, etc. → see Page 123• Process errors: This group comprises all application errors, e.g. empty pipe, etc.

→ see Page 123

Fig. 45: Error messages on the display (example)

1 Error type: P = process error, S = system error2 Error message type: $ = fault signal, ! = notice message (definition: → Page 123 ff.)3 Error designation: e.g. EMPTY PIPE = measuring tube is only partly filled or completely empty4 Error number: e.g. #4015 Duration of most recent error occurrence (in hours, minutes and seconds)

Error message typeSystem and process errors are always assigned to two types of error messages (fault and notice messages) and have different weightings → Page 123 ff.Serious system errors, e.g. electronic module defects, are always identified and classed as “fault messages” by the measuring device.

Notice message (!)• The error in question has no effect on the current measuring operation.• Displayed as → Exclamation mark (!), error group (S: system error, P: process error).• PROFIBUS → This error type is registered in the manufacturer-specific Transducer

block with the status “UNC(ERTAIN)” for the process variable in question.

Fault message ( $)• The error in question interrupts or stops the operation running.• Displayed as → Lightning flash ( $), error designation (S: system error, P: process

error)• PROFIBUS → This error type is registered in the manufacturer-specific Transducer

block with the status “BAD” for the process variable in question.

1

2 4 5 3

+24.502y

XXXXXXXXXX#000 00:00:05

P

+24.502y

F06-

53xx

xxxx

-07-

xx-x

x-xx

-002


74 Endress+Hauser

5.3 Communications: PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

5.3.1 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA technology

PROFIBUS (Process Field Bus) is a standardised bus system based on the European standard EN 50170, Volume 2, which has been successfully used for many years in pro-duction and process automation (chemical industry and process engineering).The PROFIBUS is a multi-master bus system with high performance, which is particu-larly suitable for medium to large plants.

PROFIBUS-DPPROFIBUS-DP is a MASTER/SLAVE bus system. The master function is handled by an automation control system (Class 1 master) or by one or more personal computers (Class 2 master). Using cyclic data telegrams, the automation control system has full access to all of the bus stations assigned to it. With a personal computer (Class 2 mas-ter), you can, if needed, use acyclic data telegrams to exchange data with all of the con-nected stations. In accordance with the standard, up to 126 stations can be connected to a PROFIBUS-DP network. The PROFIBUS-DP can operate at a transmission rate of 9.6 kBit/s...12 MBit/s and, at a transmission rate of 1.5 MBit/s, can support network expan-sions of up to 2000 m with copper cables or 21.730 m using optical link modules.

PROFIBUS-PAPROFIBUS-PA expands the PROFIBUS-DP by using an optimised transmission technol-ogy for field devices while retaining the communications functions of the PROFIBUS-DP. With the selected transmission technology, field devices can be connected via the PROFIBUS-PA to automation control systems over great distances, even in hazardous areas. PROFIBUS-PA is the communications compatible extension of PROFIBUS-DP.

PROFIBUS-PA = PROFIBUS-DP + optimised transmission technology for field devices


Endress+Hauser 75

5.3.2 PROFIBUS-DP system architecture

Fig. 46: PROFIBUS-DP diagram

1 = Automation control system, 2 = Commuwin II operating program, 3 = PROFIBUS-DP RS 485 line (max. 12 MBaud)

General informationThe Promag 53 can be equipped with a PROFIBUS-DP interface (decentral peripheral) in accordance with the fieldbus standard PROFIBUS-DP (EN 50170 Volume 2), which utilises the RS485 technology.As a consequence, the Promag 53 can exchange data with automation control systems, which satisfy this standard. The integration in an automation control system must be in accordance with the PROFIBUS-PA Profile 3.0 specifications.

Data transmission rateThe Promag 53's maximum PROFIBUS-DP data transmission rate is 12 Mbaud.

! Note:• The device is able to automatically determine the data transmission rate. We recom-

mend that, before you load a new data transmission rate, you reset the device:– via the function: SUPERVISION → SYSTEM → OPERATION → SYSTEM RESET– by switching the supply voltage off and back on again

• Information about bus terminators can be found on Page 49.

Communications partnerIn a automation control system, the Promag always serves as a slave and can thus, depending on the type of application, exchange data with one or more masters.The master can be a automation control system, a PLC or a PC with a PROFIBUS-DP communications adapter card.

Filling functionIn contrast to the functionality of a Promag 53 that does not support the PROFIBUS, the internal filling function is not integrated in the PROFIBUS-DP devices, since the device does not have any relay functions.However, it is still possible to use a filling function, for some applications, using the total-izer functionality.

F06-

xxxP

Bxx

x-02

-xx-

xx-x

x-00

3

1

2

3


76 Endress+Hauser

! Note:For additional project planning information about the PROFIBUS-DP fieldbus, seethe Operating Instructions BA 198F/00/en “Field communications - PROFIBUS-DP/-PA:Guides for project planning and commissioning”.

Function blocksThe PROFIBUS uses predefined function blocks to describe the function blocks of a device and to specify uniform data access.The function blocks implemented in the fieldbus devices provide information on the tasks which a device can perform as part of the whole automation strategy. The follow-ing blocks can be implemented in field devices in accordance with Profile 3.0:• Physical Block:

The Physical Block contains all the device-specific characteristics.• Transducer Block (transmission block):

One or more transducer blocks contain all the device measurement and device-spe-cific parameters. In the transducer blocks, the measurement principles (e.g. flow rate and temperature) are mapped in accordance with the PROFIBUS Profile 3.0.

• Function Block:One or more function blocks contain the device's automation functions. We distin-guish between different function blocks, e.g. Analog Input Block, Analog Output Block, Totalizer Block, etc. Each of these function blocks is used to process different applications.

5.3.3 PROFIBUS-PA system architecture

Fig. 47: PROFIBUS-PA system architecture

1 = Automation control system, 2 = Commuwin II operating program, 3 = Segment coupler, 4 = PROFIBUS-DP RS 485 line (max. 12 MBit/s), 5 = PROFIBUS-PA IEC 61158-2 (MBP) (max. 31.25 kbit/s)

General informationThe Promag 53 can be equipped with a PROFIBUS-PA interface in accordance with the fieldbus standard PROFIBUS-DP (EN 50170 Volume 2).As a consequence, the Promag 53 can exchange data with automation control systems, which satisfy this standard. The integration in a automation control system must be in accordance with the PROFIBUS-PA Profile 3.0 specifications.

PROFIBUS PA

3

1

2

4

5

5

F06-

xxxP

Bxx

x-02

-xx-

xx-x

x-00

0


Endress+Hauser 77

The selection of the international IEC 61158-2 (MBP) (International Electrotechnical Commission) transmission standard ensures a future-proof field installation with PROFI-BUS-PA.

Communications partnerIn an automation control system, the Promag always serves as a slave and can thus, depending on the type of application, exchange data with one or more masters.The master can be an automation control system, a PLC or a PC with a PROFIBUS-DP communications adapter card.

! Note:During the project planning, please remember that the Promag 53 consumes 11 mA.

" Caution:To prevent severe device failures (e.g. short-circuits) from having effect on the PROFIBUS-PA segment, the IEC 61158-2 (MBP) interface is equipped with a fuse. If the fuse blows, the device is permanently disconnected from the bus. In this case, the I/O module must be replaced (see Page 132).

Filling functionIn contrast to the functionality of a Promag flow meter that does not support the PROFIBUS, the internal filling function is not integrated in the PROFIBUS-PA devices, since the device does not have any relay functions.However, it is still possible to use a filling function, for some applications, using the total-izer functionality.

! Note:For additional project planning information about the PROFIBUS-PA fieldbus, seethe Operating Instructions BA 198F/00/en “Field communications - PROFIBUS-DP/-PA:Guides for project planning and commissioning”.

Function blocksThe PROFIBUS uses predefined function blocks to describe the function blocks of a device and to specify uniform data access. The function blocks implemented in the fieldbus devices provide information on the tasks which a device can perform as part of the whole automation strategy.The following blocks can be implemented in field devices in accordance with Profile 3.0:• Physical Block:

The Physical Block contains all the device-specific characteristics.• Transducer Block (transmission block):

One or more transducer blocks contain all the device measurement and device-spe-cific parameters. The measurement principles (e.g. flow rate and temperature) are mapped in the Transducer blocks in accordance with the PROFIBUS specification.

• Function Block:One or more function blocks contain the device's automation functions. We distin-guish between different function blocks, e.g. Analog Input Block, Analog Output Block, Totalizer Block, etc. Each of these function blocks is used to process different applications.

More information can be found in the “Description of Device Functions” manual.


78 Endress+Hauser

5.3.4 Acyclic data exchange

The acyclic data transmission is used to transfer parameters during the commissioning, during maintenance or to display other measured variables that are not contained in the cyclic data traffic.

Generally, a distinction is made between Class 1 and Class 2 master connections.Depending on the implementation of the field device, it is possible to simultaneously establish several Class 2 connections.• Theoretically, a maximum of 49 Class 2 connections can be established to the same

field device.• Two Classe 2 masters are permitted with a Promag. This means that two Class 2 mas-

ters can access the Promag 53 at the same time. However, you must make certain that they do not both attempt to write the same data, since otherwise the data consistency cannot be guaranteed.

• When a Class 2 master reads parameters, it will send an interrogation telegram to the field device specifying the field device address, the slot/index and the expected record length. The field device will answer with the requested record, if the record exists and is the correct length (byte).

• When a Class 2 master writes parameters, it will send the address of the field device, the slot/index, record length (byte) and the record. The field device will acknowledge this write job after completion.

A Class 2 master can access the blocks that are shown in the illustration below.The parameters, which can be accessed by the Endress+Hauser operating program (Commuwin II), are shown Page 80 ff. in the form of a matrix.

Fig. 48: Function block model for the Promag PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

F06-

x3P

Bxx

xx-0

2-xx

-xx-

en-0

01PBPhysicalBlock

TBTransducerBlock

TOTTotalizerFunctionBlock 1...3

AIFunctionBlock

PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Automation controlsystem


Endress+Hauser 79

5.4 Operation with the PROFIBUS configuration programs

The user can obtain special configuration and operating programs offered by the differ-ent manufacturers for use in configuration. These can be used for configuring both the PROFIBUS-DP/-PA parameters and all of the device-specific parameters. The prede-fined function blocks allow uniform access to all the network and device data.

! Note!A step-by-step description of the procedure for commissioning the PROFIBUS interface is given on Page 92 together with information about the configuration of device-specific parameters.

5.4.1 Operating options

Operating program "ToF Tool-FieldTool Package"Modular software package consisting of the "ToF Tool" service program for configuring and diagnosing ToF level transmitters (time-of-flight measurement) and the "FieldTool" service program for configuring and diagnosing PROline flowmeters. The PROline flow-meters are accessed via a service interface or via the FXA 193 service interface.

Contents of the “ToF Tool-FieldTool Package”:• Commissioning, maintenance analysis• Measuring device configuration• Service functions• Visualisation of process data• Trouble-shooting• Controlling the “FieldCheck” tester/simulator

Download device description: www.ToF-FieldTool.endress.com

Operating program “FieldCare”FieldCare is Endress+Hauser’s FDT based Plant Asset Managment Tool. It can config-urate all intelligent field devices in your plant and support you in mamging them. By using status information, it also provides a simple but effective means of checking their health.

For more information: www.endress.com

Operating program “SIMATIC PDM” (Siemens)SIMATIC PDM (Processs Device Manager) software is a vendor-independent configu-ration tool for field devices that support PROFIBUS, HART or other communication.

For more information: www.endress.com


80 Endress+Hauser

5.4.2 Commuwin II operating program

Commuwin II is a program for remote operation of field and control-room equipment. Commuwin II can be used irrespective of the device type and the mode of communica-tion (HART or PROFIBUS).

! Note!You can find more information on Commuwin II in the following E+H documents:• System information: SI 018F/00/en “Commuwin II”• Operating manual: BA 124F/00/en “Commuwin II” operating program• An exact description of the data types can be found in the slot/index lists in the

“Description of Device Functions” manual.

As an aid in programming with Commuwin II, all of the Promag 53's device functions are clearly arranged in a matrix.Using the “MATRIX SELECTION” (VAH5) function, you can call up various parts of the matrix.

F06-

xxxP

Bxx

x-13

-xx-

xx-e

n-00

0


Endress+Hauser 81

Device matrix

H9

H8

CY

CL.

CA

LC.T

OT.

(O

ptio

ns)

H7

EP

D A

DJU

STM

EN

T(A

usw

ahl)

DIS

P.VA

L.S

TATU

S(D

isp

lay)

EP

D E

LEC

TRO

DE

(Dis

pla

y)

H6

DIS

PLA

Y V

ALU

E(D

isp

lay)

OV

ER

VO

LT. T

IME

(Ent

ry, S

ervi

ce)

DE

VIC

E N

AM

E(D

isp

lay)

H5

OU

T S

TATU

S(D

isp

lay)

ME

AS

UR

ING

PE

RIO

D(E

ntry

, Ser

vice

)

MAT

RIX

SE

LEC

TIO

N(O

ptio

ns)

H4

UN

IT L

EN

GTH

(Op

tions

)

OU

T VA

LUE

(Dis

pla

y)

CH

EC

K C

ON

FIG

..(D

isp

lay)

PO

S. Z

ER

O R

ETU

RN

(Op

tions

)

H3

AC

CE

SS

CO

DE

CN

TR(D

isp

lay)

PR

ES

S. S

HO

CK

. S

UP

PR

. (In

put

)

EP

D R

ES

PO

NS

E T

IME

(Ent

ry)

BLO

CK

SE

LEC

TIO

N(O

ptio

ns)

DE

VIC

E ID

(Dis

pla

y)

INTE

GR

ATIO

N T

IME

(Ent

ry)

NO

MIN

AL

DIA

ME

TER

(Op

tions

, Ser

vice

)

H2

DE

NS

ITY

(Ent

ry)

UN

IT D

EN

SIT

Y(O

ptio

ns)

STA

TUS

AC

CE

SS

(Dis

pla

y)

OFF

-VA

L.LF

-CU

TOFF

(Ent

ry)

SE

T U

NIT

TO

BU

S(O

ptio

ns)

AC

TUA

L B

AU

DR

ATE

(Dis

pla

y)

SY

STE

M D

AM

PIN

G(O

ptio

ns)

ZE

RO

PO

INT

(Ent

ry, S

ervi

ce)

H1

CA

LC. M

AS

SFL

OW

(Dis

pla

y)

UN

IT M

AS

SFL

OW

(Op

tions

)

DE

F. P

RIV

ATE

CO

DE

(Ent

ry)

ON

-VA

L.LF

-CU

TOFF

(Ent

ry)

SE

LEC

TIO

N G

SD

(Op

tions

)

PR

OFI

LE V

ER

SIO

N(D

isp

lay)

INS

TL.D

IR S

EN

SO

R(O

ptio

ns)

K-F

AC

TOR

NE

GAT

IV(E

ntry

, Ser

vice

)

H0

VO

LUM

E F

LOW

(Dis

pla

y)

UN

IT V

OLU

ME

FLO

W(O

ptio

ns)

AC

CE

SS

CO

DE

(Ent

ry)

AS

SIG

N L

F-C

UTO

FF(O

ptio

ns)

EM

PTY

PIP

E D

ET.

(Op

tions

)

WR

ITE

PR

OTE

CT

(Dis

pla

y)

BU

S-A

DR

ES

SE

(Dis

pla

y)

ME

AS

UR

ING

MO

DE

(Op

tions

)

K-F

AC

TOTR

PO

SIT

IV(E

ntry

, Ser

vice

)

TAG

NA

ME

(Ent

ry)

V0

ME

AS

UR

ING

VA

LUE

S

V1

SY

STE

M U

NIT

S

V2

US

ER

INTE

RFA

CE

V3

LF-C

UTO

FF P

AR

AM

.

V4

EP

D P

AR

AM

ETE

R

V5

V6

PR

OFI

BU

S-D

P/P

A

V7

PR

OFI

BU

S_I

NFO

V8

SY

STE

M

PAR

AM

ETE

R

V9

SE

NS

OR

DAT

A

VA ME

AS

UR

ING

PO

INT


82 Endress+Hauser

Display functions (partial matrix)

H9

H8

H7

H6

DE

VIC

E ID

(Dis

pla

y)

H5

MAT

RIX

SE

LEC

TIO

N(O

ptio

ns)

H4

LAN

GU

AG

E G

RO

UP

(Dis

pla

y)

H3

AC

CE

SS

CO

DE

CN

TR(D

isp

lay)

BA

CK

LIG

HT

(Inp

ut)

DIS

PLA

Y M

OD

E(O

ptio

ns)

DIS

PLA

Y M

OD

E(O

ptio

ns)

DIS

PLA

Y M

OD

E(O

ptio

ns)

DIS

PLA

Y M

OD

E(O

ptio

ns)

H2

STA

TUS

AC

CE

SS

(Anz

eig

e)

CO

NTR

AS

T LC

D(E

ntry

)

FOR

MAT

(Op

tions

)

FOR

MAT

(Op

tions

)

FOR

MAT

(Op

tions

)

FOR

MAT

(Op

tions

)

FOR

MAT

(Op

tions

)

FOR

MAT

(Op

tions

)

H1

DE

F. P

RIV

ATE

CO

DE

(Ent

ry)

DIS

PLA

Y D

AM

PIN

G(E

ntry

)

100%

-VA

LUE

(Ent

ry)

100%

-VA

LUE

(Ent

ry)

V10

0%-V

ALU

E(E

ntry

)

100%

-VA

LUE

(Ent

ry)

100%

-VA

LUE

(Ent

ry)

100%

-VA

LUE

(Ent

ry)

H0

AC

CE

SS

CO

DE

(Ent

ry)

LAN

GU

AG

E(O

ptio

ns)

AS

SIG

N L

INE

1(O

ptio

ns)

AS

SIG

N L

INE

1(O

ptio

ns)

AS

SIG

N L

INE

2(O

ptio

ns)

AS

SIG

N L

INE

2(O

ptio

ns)

AS

SIG

N L

INE

3(O

ptio

ns)

AS

SIG

N L

INE

3(O

ptio

ns)

TAG

NA

ME

(Ent

ry)

V0

V1

V2

DIS

PLA

Y

V3

DIS

PLA

Y F

UN

CTI

ON

V4

MA

IN L

INE

V5

MU

LTIP

LEX

V6

AD

DIT

ION

LIN

E

V7

MU

LTIP

LEX

V8

INFO

RM

ATIO

N L

INE

V9

MU

LTIP

LEX

VA ME

AS

UR

ING

PO

INT


Endress+Hauser 83

Diagnosis/Alarm/Simulation/Version Info/Service&Analysis (partial matrix)

H9

H8

H7

H6

DE

VIC

E ID

(Dis

pla

y)

H5

OP

ER

ATIO

N H

OU

RS

(Dis

pla

y)

SW

-RE

V_S

-DAT

(Ent

ry, S

ervi

ce)

SW

-RE

V_T

-DAT

(Ent

ry, S

ervi

ce)

MAT

RIX

_SE

LEC

TIO

N(O

ptio

ns)

H4

PR

OD

-NR

.AM

P.(D

isp

lay,

Ser

vice

)

H3

ALA

RM

DE

LAY

(Ent

ry)

AC

CE

SS

CO

DE

CN

TR(D

isp

lay)

SW

-ID

EN

T. A

MP.

(Dis

pla

y, S

ervi

ce)

SW

-RE

V. I/

O(D

isp

lay,

Ser

vice

)

H2

SY

STE

M R

ES

ET

(Op

tions

)

STA

TUS

AC

CE

SS

(Dis

pla

y)

SIM

. FA

ILS

AFE

MO

DE

(Op

tions

)

HW

-RE

V. S

EN

SO

R(D

isp

lay)

SW

-RE

V.A

MP.

(Ent

ry, S

ervi

ce)

H1

PR

EV

IOU

S S

YS

. CO

N(D

isp

lay)

DE

F.P

RIV

ATE

CO

DE

(Ent

ry)

VALU

E S

IM.M

EA

S..

(Ent

ry)

SE

NS

OR

TY

PE

(Dis

pla

y)

HW

-ID

EN

T. A

MP.

(Dis

pla

y, S

ervi

ce)

H0

AC

TUA

L S

YS

. CO

ND

.(D

isp

lay)

AC

CE

SS

CO

DE

(Ent

ry)

SIM

.ME

AS

UR

AN

D(O

ptio

ns)

SE

RIA

L N

UM

BE

R(E

ntry

, Ser

vice

)

HW

-RE

V.A

MP.

(Dis

pla

y, S

ervi

ce)

I/O T

YP

E(D

isp

lay)

TAG

NA

ME

(Ent

ry)

V0

DIA

GN

OS

E/A

LAR

M

V!

V2

US

ER

INTE

RFA

CE

V3

V4

SIM

ULA

TIO

N

V6

SE

NS

OR

INFO

V7

AM

PLI

FIE

R IN

FO

V8

I/O M

OD

ULE

INFO

V9

VA ME

AS

UR

ING

PO

INT


84 Endress+Hauser

Physical Block (operation via profile)

H9

H8

H7

H6

H5

ST

RE

VIS

ION

(Dis

pla

y)

H4

MA

NU

FAC

TUR

ER

ID(D

isp

lay)

H3

HA

RD

W V

ER

SIO

N(D

isp

lay)

DE

VIC

E C

ER

TIFI

CAT

(Dis

pla

y)

DIA

G M

AS

K E

XTE

NS

(Dis

pla

y)

DIA

GN

OS

IS E

XTE

NS

(Dis

pla

y)

PE

RM

ITTE

D(D

isp

lay)

PR

OFI

LE V

ER

SIO

N(D

isp

lay)

H2

SO

FTW

VE

RS

ION

(Dis

pla

y)

ME

SS

AG

E(E

ntry

)

LOC

AL

OP

ER

ATIO

N(E

ntry

)

MA

SK

2(D

isp

lay)

DIA

GN

OS

IS 2

(Dis

pla

y)

NO

RM

AL

(Dis

pla

y)

ALE

RT

KE

Y(E

ntry

)

H1

SE

RIA

L N

UM

BE

R(D

isp

lay)

INS

TALL

ATIO

N D

ATE

(Dis

pla

y)

HW

WR

ITE

PR

OTE

C(O

ptio

ns)

MA

SK

1(D

isp

lay)

DIA

GN

OS

IS 1

(Dis

pla

y)

AC

TUA

L(D

isp

lay)

DIS

AB

LE(D

isp

lay)

STR

ATE

GY

(Ent

ry)

H0

DE

VIC

E ID

(Dis

pla

y)

DE

SC

RIP

TOR

(Ent

ry)

SO

FTW

AR

E R

ES

ET

(Ent

ry)

WR

ITE

LO

CK

ING

(Ent

ry)

IDE

NT

NU

MB

ER

(Op

tions

)

MA

SK

(Dis

pla

y)

DIA

GN

OS

IS(D

isp

lay)

TAR

GE

T M

OD

E(E

ntry

)

CU

RR

EN

T(D

isp

lay)

TAG

(Ent

ry)

V0

DE

VIC

E D

ATA

V1

DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N

V2

SO

FTW

RE

RE

SE

T

V3

SE

CU

RIT

Y L

OC

KIN

G

V4

DE

VIC

E D

ATA

V5

DIA

GN

OS

IS M

AS

K

V6

DIA

GN

OS

IS

V7

V8

BLO

CK

MO

DE

V9

ALA

RM

CO

NFI

G

VA BLO

CK

PA

RA

ME

TER


Endress+Hauser 85

Transducer Block flow (operation via profile)

H9

H8

UN

IT(E

ntry

)

H7

NO

MIN

AL

SIZ

E(E

ntry

)

UN

IT M

OD

E(O

ptio

ns)

H6

CA

LIB

. FA

CTO

R(E

ntry

)

H5

UN

IT(O

ptio

ns)

ST

RE

VIS

ION

(Dis

pla

y)

H4

UP

PE

R_R

AN

GE

_VA

LUE (E

ntry

)

ZE

RO

PO

INT

AD

JUS

T(E

ntry

)

H3

LOW

ER

_RA

NG

E_V

AL

UE

(Ent

ry)

ZE

RO

PO

INT

(Ent

ry)

PE

RM

ITTE

D(D

isp

lay)

UN

RE

PO

RTE

D(D

isp

lay)

PR

OFI

LE V

ER

SIO

N(D

isp

lay)

H2

UN

IT(E

ntry

)

UN

IT(E

ntry

)

LOW

FLO

W C

UTO

FF(E

ntry

)

NO

RM

AL

(Dis

pla

y)

UN

AC

KN

OW

LED

GE

D(D

isp

lay)

ALE

RT

KE

Y(E

ntry

)

H1

STA

TUS

(Dis

pla

y)

STA

TUS

(Dis

pla

y)

FLO

W D

IRE

CTI

ON

(Op

tions

)

AC

TUA

L(D

isp

lay)

DIS

AB

LE(D

isp

lay)

STR

ATE

GY

(Ent

ry)

H0

VO

LUM

E F

LOW

(Dis

pla

y)

VO

LUM

E F

LOW

(Dis

pla

y)

ME

AS

UR

ING

MO

DE

(Op

tions

)

TAR

GE

T M

OD

E(E

ntry

)

CU

RR

EN

T(D

isp

lay)

TAG

(Ent

ry)

V0

VO

LUM

E_F

LOW

V1

MA

SS

_FLO

W

V2

DE

NS

ITY

V3

TEM

PE

RAT

UR

E

V4

ULT

RA

SO

NIC

V5

VO

RTE

X

V6

SA

MP

LIN

G_F

RE

Q

V7

SY

STE

M_P

AR

AM

.

V8

BLO

CK

MO

DE

V9

ALA

RM

_CO

NFI

G

VA BLO

CK

PA

RA

ME

TER


86 Endress+Hauser

Analog Input Block (operation via profile)

H9

H8

RIS

ING

_TIM

E(E

ntry

)

H7

FAIL

SA

FE V

ALU

E(E

ntry

)

DE

C_P

OIN

T_O

UT

Ent

ry)

UN

IT_M

OD

E(O

ptio

ns)

BAT

CH

_OP

ER

ATIO

N(O

ptio

ns)

H6

FAIL

SA

FEA

CTI

ON

(Op

tions

)

US

ER

_UN

IT(E

ntry

)

BAT

CH

_PH

AS

E(E

ntry

)

H5

OU

T_U

NIT

(Ent

ry)

CH

AN

NE

L(O

ptio

ns)

ST_

RE

VIS

ION

(Dis

pla

y)

BAT

CH

_UP

(Ent

ry)

H4

OU

T LI

MIT

(Dis

pla

y)

OU

T_S

CA

LE_M

AX

(Ent

ry)

SW

ITC

H_O

FF_P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

SW

ITC

H_O

FF_P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

SW

ITC

H_O

FF_P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

SW

ITC

H_O

FF_P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

BAT

CH

_ID

(Ent

ry)

H3

OU

T_S

UB

_STA

TUS

(Dis

pla

y)

OU

T_S

CA

LE_M

IN(E

ntry

)

SW

ITC

H_O

N_P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

SW

ITC

H_O

N_P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

SW

ITC

H_O

N_P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

SW

ITC

H_O

N_P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

PE

RM

ITTE

D(D

isp

lay)

PR

OFI

LE V

ER

SIO

N(D

isp

lay)

H2

OU

T_S

TATU

S(D

isp

lay)

TYP

E_O

F_LI

N(O

ptio

ns)

ALA

RM

_STA

TE(D

isp

lay)

ALA

RM

_STA

TE(D

isp

lay)

ALA

RM

_STA

TE(D

isp

lay)

ALA

RM

_STA

TE(D

isp

lay)

SIM

ULA

TIO

N_M

OD

E(O

ptio

ns)

NO

RM

AL

(Dis

pla

y)

ALE

RT_

KE

Y(E

ntry

)

H1

OU

T_S

TATU

S(D

isp

lay)

PV

_SC

ALE

_MA

X(E

ntry

)

VALU

E(D

isp

lay)

VALU

E(D

isp

lay)

VALU

E(D

isp

lay)

VALU

E(D

isp

lay)

SIM

ULA

TIO

N_S

TAT.

(Op

tions

)

AC

TUA

L(D

isp

lay)

DIS

AB

LE(D

isp

lay)

TAR

GE

T(E

ntry

)

H0

OU

T_VA

LUE

(Dis

pla

y)

PV

_SC

ALE

_M

IN(E

ntry

)

ALA

RM

_HY

STE

RE

SIS

(Ent

ry)

HI_

HI_

LIM

(Ent

ry)

HI_

LIM

(Ent

ry)

LO_L

IM(E

ntry

)

LO_L

O_L

IM(E

ntry

)

SIM

ULA

TIO

N_V

ALU

E(E

ntry

)

TAR

GE

T_M

OD

E(E

ntry

)

CU

RR

EN

T(D

isp

lay)

TAG

(Ent

ry)

V0

OU

T

V1

SC

ALI

NG

V2

ALA

RM

_LIM

ITS

V3

HI_

HI_

ALA

RM

V4

HI_

ALA

RM

V5

LO_A

LAR

M

V6

LO_L

O-A

LAR

M

V7

SIM

ULA

TIO

N

V8

BLO

CK

_MO

DE

V9

ALA

RM

_CO

NFI

G

VA BLO

CK

_PA

RA

ME

TE


Endress+Hauser 87

Totalizer Block (operation via profile)

H9

H8

H7

UN

IT_M

OD

E(O

ptio

ns)

BAT

CH

_OP

ER

ATIO

N(O

ptio

ns)

H6

FAIL

_TO

TFA

ILS

AFE

_MO

DE

BAT

CH

_PH

AS

E(E

ntry

)

H5

CH

AN

NE

L(E

ntry

)

ST_

RE

VIS

ION

(Dis

pla

y)

BAT

CH

_RU

P(E

ntry

)

H4

TOTA

L_LI

MIT

SW

ITC

H-O

FF_P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

SW

ITC

H-O

FF_P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

SW

ITC

H-O

FF_P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

SW

ITC

H-O

FF_P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

BAT

CH

_ID

(Ent

ry)

H3

TOTA

L_S

UB

_STA

TUS

MO

DE

_TO

TALI

ZE

R

SW

ITC

H-O

N P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

SW

ITC

H-O

N P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

SW

ITC

H-O

N P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

SW

ITC

H-O

N P

OIN

T(E

ntry

)

PE

RM

ITTE

D(D

isp

lay)

PR

FILE

VE

RS

ION

(Dis

pla

y)

H2

TOTA

L_S

TATU

S

PR

ES

ET_

TOTA

LIZ

ER

ALA

RM

STA

TE(D

isp

lay)

ALA

RM

STA

TE(D

isp

lay)

ALA

RM

STA

TE(D

isp

lay)

ALA

RM

STA

TE(D

isp

lay)

NO

RM

AL

(Dis

pla

y)

ALE

RT_

KE

Y(E

ntry

)

H1

TOTA

LS

tatu

sTO

TAL_

STA

TUS

SE

T_TO

TALI

ZE

R

VALU

E(D

isp

lay)

VALU

E(D

isp

lay)

VALU

E(D

isp

lay)

VALU

E(D

isp

lay)

AC

TUA

L(D

isp

lay)

DIS

AB

LE(D

isp

lay)

STR

ATE

GY

(Ent

ry)

H0

TOTA

L_VA

LUE

TOTA

L U

NIT

ALA

RM

_HY

STE

RE

SIS

HI_

HI_

LIM

(Ent

ry)

HI_

LIM

(Ent

ry)

LO_L

IM(E

ntry

)

LLO

_LO

_LIM

(Ent

ry)

TAR

GE

T_M

OD

E(E

ntry

)

CU

RR

EN

T(D

isp

lay)

TAG

(Ent

ry)

V0

TOTA

LIZ

ER

V1

CO

NFI

GU

RAT

ION

V2

ALA

RM

LIM

ITS

V3

HI H

I ALA

RM

V4

HI A

LAR

M

V5

LO A

LAR

M

V6

LO L

O A

LAR

M

V7

V8

BLO

CK

MO

DE

V9

ALA

RM

CO

NFI

G

VA BLO

CK

PA

RA

ME

TE


88 Endress+Hauser

5.5 Hardware configuration

5.5.1 Configuration of write protection

A jumper on the I/O board provides the means of activating or deactivating hardware write protection.


1. Switch off power supply.2. Remove I/O board → Page 132, 134.3. Configure hardware write protection appropriately using the jumpers (Fig. 49).4. Installation of the I/O board is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Fig. 49: Hardware configuration (I/O board)

1 Jumper for hardware write protection:1.1 Enabled (factory setting) = access to flowmeter parameters via PROFIBUS possible1.2 Disabled = access to flowmeter parameters via PROFIBUS not possible

2 Jumper with no function

LED (LED at the back of the board):– lit continuously → ready for operation– not lit → not ready– flashes → System- or process error available (see Page 121 ff.)

1

1.21.1

2

LED

F06-

xxxP

Bxx

xx-1

6-xx

-xx-

xx-0

00


Endress+Hauser 89

5.5.2 Configuration of the device address

Note the following points:• In the case of a PROFIBUS-DP/-PA flowmeter, it will always be necessary to configure

the address. Valid flowmeter addresses lie within the range 0…125. Each address can only be used once in a PROFIBUS-DP/-PA network. If an address is not configured correctly, the flowmeter will not be recognised by the master.The address 126 is used for initial commissioning and for service purposes.

• All flowmeters have the address 126 and software addressing on leaving the factory.

Addressing PROFIBUS-DP/-PA using the local display → Page 92

Addressing PROFIBUS-DP/-PA using miniature switches:

# Warning:Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics com-partment.

1. Loosen the Allen-head screw securing the clamp (3 mm key).2. Remove the cover of the electronics compartment.3. Remove the local display (if existing) by loosening the fixing screw of the display

module.4. Use a pointed object to alter the positions of the miniature switches on the I/O

board.5. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Fig. 50: Addressing using the miniature switches on the I/O board

a Miniature switches Nos. 1–7 for defining the bus address (for example: 1 + 16 + 32 = 49)b Switch for the address mode (type of addressing):

OFF = software addressing via the local displayON = software addressing via miniature switches No. 1–7

OFF ON

11

7

22

8

43

84

165

326

64

b

a

OFF ON

F06-

xxxP

Bxx

x-16

-xx-

xx-x

x-00

1


90 Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA 6 Commissioning

Endress+Hauser 91

6 Commissioning

6.1 Function check

Make sure that all final checks have been completed before you start up your measuring point:• Checklist for “Installation check” → Page 46• Checklist for “Electric connection check” → Page 66

! Note!• The technical function data of the PROFIBUS interface in acc. with IEC 61158-2 (MBP)

must be maintained (FISCO model).• The bus voltage of 9 ... 32 V and the current consumption of 11 mA at the device can

be checked using a normal multimeter.• Using the LED on the I/O board (see Page 121) it is possible to carry out a simple

function check on the fieldbus communication in the non-hazardous area.

CommissioningIn the case of measuring devices without a local display, the individual parameters and functions must be configured via the configuration program, e.g. via PROFIBUS by means of Commuwin II, via service protocol by means of ToF Tool–FieldTool package.If the measuring device is equipped with a local display, all the important device param-eters for standard operation can be configured quickly and easily by means of the “Commissioning” Quick Setup menu ( → Page 113).

Switching on the deviceOnce the connection checks (see Page 66) have been successfully completed, it is time to switch on the power supply. The device is now operational. The measuring device performs a number of power on self-tests. As this procedure progresses the following sequence of messages appears on the local display:

Normal measuring mode commences as soon as start-up completes. Various measured values appear on the display (HOME position).

! Note!If start-up fails, an error message indicating the cause is displayed.

PROMAG 53

START UPIS RUNNING

Start-up message

PROMAG 53

SW-AMPLIFIERXX.XX.XX

Current software version

PROFIBUS-DP/-PAList of installed input/output modules

SYSTEM OK

→ OPERATIONBeginning of normal measuring mode

6 Commissioning PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

92 Endress+Hauser

6.2 Commissioning the PROFIBUS-DP/-PA interface using the local display

! Note!It will be necessary to enter the numerical code (factory setting: 53) before altering device functions, numerical values or factory settings → Page 72.

The following steps have to be carried out one after the other:

1. Check the hardware write protection:BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) → CONFIGURATION (610) → WRITE PROTECT (6102)

2. Enter the tag name:BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) → CONFIGURATION (610) → TAG NAME (6100)

3. Assign a bus address if this has not already been effected via the corresponding miniature switches (see Page 89):BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) → CONFIGURATION (610) → BUS ADDRESS (6101)

4. Configuring the system unit of the volume and mass flow:– Via the function group “System unit”: MEASURED VARIABLES (A) → SYSTEM

UNITS (ACA) → CONFIGURATION (040) → UNIT MASS FLOW (0400) → UNIT MASS (0401) → UNIT VOL....

– The system unit which has been configured will become effective in the control system once the function SET UNIT TO BUS has been activated: BASIC FUNC-TION (G) → PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) → OPERATION (614) → SET UNIT TO BUS (6141)

! Note:The measured values are transmitted in system units - as described in the table on Page 100 ff. - to the automation control system during the cyclic data exchange.If the system unit of a measured value is changed using the local display, this will not have an immediate effect on the output of the AI block and therefore will not influence the measured value which is transmitted to the automation control system.The altered system unit of the measured value will only be transmitted to the auto-mation control system once the “SET UNIT TO BUS“ function in block G (BASIC FUNCTIONS) → PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) → OPERATION (614) → SET UNIT TO BUS (6141) has been activated.

5. Configuration of the totalizers 1-3:Promag 53 disposes of 3 totalizers. The following description provides an example for totalizer 1.– Selection of the process variables with the parameter CHANNEL e.g. volume

flow: BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA)→ TOTALIZER (613) → CHANNEL (6133)

– Entry of the required units for the totalizer:BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) → TOTALIZER (613) → UNIT TOTALIZER (6134)

– Configuration of the totalizer (define totalizer status) e.g. for Totalizing: BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) → TOTALIZER (613) → SET TOTALIZER (6135)

– Configuration of the totalizer mode e.g. for Balancing: BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) → TOTALIZER (613) → TOTALIZER MODE (6137)


Endress+Hauser 93

6. Selection of GSD file:BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS-DP/-PA (GBA) → OPERATION (614)→ SELECTION GSD (6140)

! Note!The selection possibilities and the predefined values/parameters are described in more detail in the “Description of Device Functions” manual.

6.3 Commissioning using the Class 2 master (Commuwin II)

Operation with Commuwin II is described in the E+H documentation BA 124F/00/a2/... Steps 1-5 can be dealt with in the same order as described in Chap. 6.2 “Commission-ing using the local display”.

The configuration parameters can be found in the Commuwin II operation matrix in the manufacturer-specific matrix or in the individual blocks:• in the Physical Block → Page 84• in the manufacturer-specific device matrix lines (V6 and V7) → Page 81• in the Analog Input Block → Page 86• in the Totalizer Block (line V1) → Page 87

1. Parametering the “Physical Block”:– Open the Physical Block.– Software and hardware write protection is disabled in Promag 53 so that you can

access all the write parameters. Check this status with the parameters WRITE LOCKING (V3H0, software write protection) and HW WRITE PROTECT (V3H1, hardware write protection).

– Enter the tag name.

2. Parametering the manufacturer-specific device parameters of the Transducer Block “PROMAG53 PBUS”:– Open the manufacturer-specific Transducer Block “PROMAG53 PBUS”:– Enter the desired name for the block (tag name).

Factory setting: No block name (tag name)– Now configure the device-specific parameters for flow measurement.

! Note: Other matrixes can be selected in the cell VAH5 if you wish to configure further manufacturer-specific parameters.Please note that alterations made to device parameters will only be activated once a valid release code has been entered. The release code can be entered in the matrix cell V3H0 (factory setting: 53).

3. Parametering the “Analog Input function block”:Promag 53 disposes of two Analog Input function blocks. The Analog Input 1 block contains the process variable “Volume flow” and the Analog Input 2 block the “Mass flow”. These are selected using the connection clearance list. The following description provides an example for the Analog Input function block No. 1.– Enter the required name for the Analog Input function block 1.

Factory setting: VOLUMEFLOW BLOCK– Open the Analog Input function block.– The input value or the input range can be scaled in accordance with the require-

ments of the automation control system → Page 95 “Rescaling the input value”.– If necessary, set a limit value.


94 Endress+Hauser

4. Parametering the “Totalizer Block”:Promag 53 comprises three Totalizer function blocks. These are selected using the profile blocks “Totalizer Block” in the connection clearance list.– Enter the required name for the Totalizer function block.

Factory setting: TOTALIZER BLOCK– Select the process variable (e.g. Volume flow) with the parameter CHANNEL

(V8H5).– Enter the required units for the totalizer (UNIT TOTALIZER, V1H0).– Configure the totalizer, e.g. for totalizing (SET TOT, V1H1).– Configure the totalizer mode, e.g. balancing (TOTALIZER MODE, V1H3).

5. Configuration of the cyclic data traffic:– All the relevant data is described in Chapter “System Integration” (see Page 96).– We recommend that the “Coupling Documentation” be used for step-by-step

configuration. This can be obtained from Endress+Hauser Process Solutions for various automation control systems and programmable logic controls.

– The files required for commissioning and network configuration can be obtained as described on Page 96.


Endress+Hauser 95

6.3.1 Rescaling the input value

In the Analog Input function block the input value or input range can be scaled in accordance with the automation requirements.

Example:• The system unit in the Transducer Block is m3/h.• The measurement range of the sensor is 0 ... 30 m3/h.• The output range to the automation control system should be 0 ... 100%.• The measured value from the Transducer Block (input value) is rescaled linearly via

the input scaling PV_SCALE to the desired output range OUT_SCALE.

Parameter group PV_SCALE (see “Description of Device Functions” manual)

Parameter group OUT_SCALE (see “Description of Device Functions“ manual)

The result is that with an input value of, for example 15m3/h, a value of 50% is output via the parameter OUT.

Fig. 51: Rescaling the input value in the AI function block

! Note!The OUT_UNIT does not have any effect on the scaling. It should, however, be config-ured that it can, for example, be shown on the display.

PV_SCALE_MIN (V1H0) → 0PV_SCALE_MAX (V1H1) → 30

OUT_SCALE_MIN (V1H3) → 0OUT_SCALE_MAX (V1H4) → 100OUT_UNIT (V1H5) → [%]

F06-

53P

Bxx

xxx-

05-x

x-xx

-en-

002

Esc

E- +

0...30 m /h3

Esc

E- + 15 m /h3

m /h3 PV_SCALE OUT_SCALE

100

00

30

100%

00

100%

OUT50%

Volumeflow

Analog Input Function blockTransducerblock


96 Endress+Hauser

6.4 System integration

The device will be ready for system integration once commissioning has been effected via the local display or the Class 2 master (Commuwin II). The PROFIBUS-DP system will require a description of the device parameters, e.g. output data, input data, data for-mat and supported transmission rate so that it can integrate the field devices into the bus system.This data is contained in a PROFIBUS description file (GSD file) which will be placed at the disposal of the PROFIBUS-DP master while the communication system is being commissioned.Device bitmaps, which appear as symbols in the network tree, can also be integrated.The Profil 3.0 PROFIBUS description file (GSD) allows field devices from various manu-facturers to be exchanged without having to repeat the configuration process.

Generally, a distinction can be made between three different types of GSD (Factory set-ting: manufacturer-specific GSD):

Manufacturer-specific GSD: This GSD guarantees the unlimited functionality of the field device. Device-specific process parameters and functions are therefore available.

Profile GSD: This GSD is different in terms of the number of Analog Input blocks (AI) and the measuring principles. If a system is configured with profile GSDs, it will be pos-sible to exchange devices that are supplied by various manufacturers. It is, however, essential that the cyclic proces values follow the same sequence.

Example:Promag 53 supports Profile GSD PA039741.gsd (RS 485) or PA139741.gsd (IEC 61158-2 (MBP)). This GSD file contains two AI blocks and a totalizer block. The first AI block is always assigned to the volume flow. This guarantees that the first measured variable agrees with the field equipment of other manufacturers. The second AI block can be freely selected as Promag 53 is capable of producing a calculated mass flow (see con-figuration example on Page 105 ff.).

Profile GSD (multivariable) with the ID number 9760Hex: This GSD contains all func-tion blocks such as AI, DO, DI.... This GSD is not supported by Promag.

! Note!• A decision should be made with respect to which GSD is to be used before configu-

ration takes place.• The configuration can be altered using the local display or a Class 2 master!

Configuration using the local display → Page 92 ff.


Endress+Hauser 97

Promag 53 supports the following GSD files:

Each device is assigned an identification number by the Profibus User Organisation (PNO). The name of the PROFIBUS description file (GSD) is derived from this.At Endress+Hauser, this ID No. starts with the manufacturer ID 15xx. In order to ensure clarity, the GSD names (with the exception of type files) at Endress+Hauser are as follows:

The GSD files for all Endress+Hauser devices can be acquired in the following manner:• Internet (Endress+Hauser) → http://www.endress.com (Products → Process

Solutions → PROFIBUS → GSD files)• Internet (PNO) → http://www.profibus.com (GSD library)• On CD-ROM from Endress+Hauser: Order Number 50097200

Structure of GSD files from Endress+HauserIn the case of the Endress+Hauser field transmitter with PROFIBUS interface, all the files which are needed for configuration are contained in one file. Once unpacked, the file will create the following structure:• Version #xx stands for the corresponding device version. Device-specific bitmaps

can be found in the directories “BMP” and “DIB”. The utilisation of these will depend on the configuration software that is being used.

• The GSD files are saved in the subdirectories “Extended” and “Standard” which can be found in the “GSD” folder. Information relating to the implementation of the field transmitter and any dependencies in the device software can be found in the “Info” folder. Please read this carefully before configuration takes place. The files with the extension *.200 have been saved in the “TypDat” folder.

Name of device Manufacturer-specific ID No.

Profile 3.0 ID No. Manufacturer-specific GSD

Promag 53 PAPROFIBUS-PA(IEC 61158-2 (MBP))

1527 (Hex) 9741 (Hex) EH3_1527.gsdEH3X1527.gsd

Profile 3.0 GSD Type file Bitmaps

PA139741.gsd EH_1527.200 EH_1527_d.bmp/.dibEH_1527_n.bmp/.dibEH_1527_s.bmp/.dib

Manufacturer-specific ID No.

Profile 3.0 ID No. Manufacturer-specific GSD

Promag 53 DPPROFIBUS-DP(RS 485)

1526 (Hex) 9741 (Hex) EH3_1526.gsdEH3X1526.gsd

Profile 3.0 GSD Type file Bitmaps

PA039741.gsd EH_1526.200 EH_1526_d.bmp/.dibEH_1526_n.bmp/.dibEH_1526_s.bmp/.dib

EH3_15xx EH = Endress + Hauser3 = Profile 3.0_ = standard identification15xx = ID No.

EH3x15xx EH = Endress + Hauser3 = Profile 3.0x = extended identification15xx = ID No.


98 Endress+Hauser

Standard and Extended formatsThe modules of some GSD files are transmitted with an extended identification (e.g. 0x42, 0x84, 0x08, 0x05). These GSD files can be found in the “Extended” folder.All GSD files that have a standard identification (e.g. 0x94) can be found in the “Stand-ard” folder.When integrating field transmitters, the GSD files with the extended identification should be used first. If, however, the integration is not successful, the standard GSD should be used. This differenciation is the result of a specific implementation in the master systems.

Contents of the download file from the internet and the CD-ROM:• All Endress+Hauser GSD files• Endress+Hauser type files• Endress+Hauser bitmap files• Useful information relating to the devices

Working with GSD / type filesThe GSD files must be integrated into the automation control system.Depending on the software that is being used, the GSD files can be copied to the pro-gram-specific directory or can be read into the database using the import function within the configuration software.

Example 1:In the case of the configuration software Siemens STEP 7 (Siemens PLC S7-300 / 400) the files are copied to the subdirectory ...\ siemens \ step7 \ s7data \ gsd.The GSD files also contain bitmap files. These bitmap files are used to display the meas-uring points in image form. The bitmap files will have to be saved to the directory ...\ sie-mens \ step7 \ s7data \ nsbmp.

Example 2:If you have a PLC Siemens S5 where the PROFIBUS-DP network is configured with the configuration software COM ET 200, you will have to use the type files (x.200 files).

If you are using configuration software other than that referred to above, ask your PLC manufacturer which directory you should use.


Endress+Hauser 99

Compatibility with PROFIBUS predecessor model PROMAG 53 with Profile 2.0 In the event of device replacement, PROline Promag 53 supports the compatibility of cyclic data with the forerunner model Promag 33 with Profile Version 2.0 as follows:

The Promag 53 is accepted as a replacement device if the option to “MANUFACT V2.0” is activated in the E+H device matrix (Commuwin II) in the parameter “SELECTION GSD” (V6H1) or in the function “SELECTION GSD” via the local display (see below).

The Promag 53 automatically detects if a Promag 33 has been configured in the control system and provides the appropriate input data, output data and measured value status information, although the measuring devices have different names and identification numbers. It is therefore not necessary to adjust the configuration of the PROFIBUS net-work in the control system.

Procedure after replacing the measuring devices:

1. Set the same (old) device address → Function BUS ADDRESS (6101)2. In the function SELECTION GSD (6140) → select MANUFACT V2.03. Restart the measuring device → Function SYSTEM RESET (8046)

! Note!If necessary, the following settings must be made after the replacement:• Configuration of the application-specific parameters• Setting the units for the process variables

available measuring device: → can be replaced with:

Promag 33 PROFIBUS-PA (ID-No. 1505) → Promag 53 PROFIBUS-PA

Promag 33 PROFIBUS-DP (ID-No. 1511) → Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP


100 Endress+Hauser

6.4.1 Cyclic data exchange

In the case of PROFIBUS-DP/-PA, the cyclic transmission of analog values to the auto-mation control system is effected in data blocks of 5 bytes. The measured value is por-trayed in the first 4 bytes in the form of flowing point numbers in accordance with IEEE 754 standard (see IEEE floating point number). The 5th byte contains status infor-mation pertaining to the measured value which is implemented in accordance with the Profile 3.0 specifications (see Page 96). The status will be indicated on the display of the device (see Page 69).

! Note!A detailed description of the data types can be found in the Slot/Index lists in the sepa-rate “Description of Device Functions” manual.

IEEE floating point numberConversion of a hexadecimal value into an IEEE floating point number for measured value detection.The measured values are shown in numerical format IEEE-754 in the following manner and are transferred to Class 1 master:

Formula value = (–1)Sign * 2(exponent -127) * (1 + Mantisse)

Example: 40 F0 00 00 hex = 0100 0000 1111 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 binaryValue = (–1)0 * 2(129-127) * (1 + 2-1 + 2-2 + 2-3)

= 1 * 22 * (1 + 0.5 + 0.25 + 0.125)= 1 * 4 * 1.875 = 7.5

Byte n Byte n+1 Byte n+2 Byte n+3

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 0 Bit 7 Bit 0 Bit 7 Bit 0

Sign 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13 2-14 2-15 2-16...2-23

Exponents Mantisse Mantisse Mantisse


Endress+Hauser 101

Block modelThe analog values transferred by Promag 53 during the cyclic data exchange are:• Volume flow• Totalizers 1-3 and the corresponding control parameters• Calculated mass flow (see “Description of Device Functions” manual)• Display value• Control blocks for manufacturer-specific functions

The block model shows the input and output data which Promag 53 provides for data exchange.

Fig. 52: Block model Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA Profile 3.0

...

...

...

Local operation

BASICFUNKTION

PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

OFFVOLUME FLOW

MASS FLOW

CONFIGURATION TAG NAMEBUS

ADDRESSWRITE

PROTECT

FUNCTIONBLOCKS

BLOCKSELECTION

OUTVALUE

DISPLAYVALUE

TOTALIZER SELECTTOTALIZER

TOTALIZEROUT VALUE CHANNEL

UNITTOTALIZER

OPERATION SELECTIONGSD

SET UNIT TOBUS

INFORMATION PROFILEVERSION

ACTUALBAUD RATE

DEVICEID

CHECKCONFIGURATION

PR

OF

IBU

S-D

P/P

A

Signal processing

Transducer Block

DISPLAY VALUE

CONTROL Value/Status

PROFILEParameter

Manufacturerspecific

parameterPhysical Block

Analog Input Fct.-block 1Volume flow

Analog Input Fct.-block 2Mass flow

Totalizer 1

Totalizer 2

Totalizer 3

OUT VALUE

OUT VALUE

TOT 1-OUT VALUE

TOT2-OUT VALUE

TOT3-OUT VALUE

Sensor

Value/Status

Value/Status

Value/Status

Value/Status

Value/Status

Volume

Mass

Volume

Mass

Volume

Mass

F06-

53P

Bxx

xxx-

05-x

x-xx

-en-

006


102 Endress+Hauser

Input data The following are examples of input data: volume flow, totalizers 1-3 and calculated mass flow.The current volume flow, totalizers 1-3 and calculated mass flow can be displayed on the basis of these measured variables. The calculated mass flow is derived from the vol-ume flow and a fixed density.

Data transfer from Promag to the automation control systemThe input and output bytes are structured in a fixed sequence. If addressing is effected automatically using the configuration program, the numerical values of the input and output bytes may deviate from the values in the following table.

! Note!• The system units in the table correspond to the predefined scales which are trans-

ferred during the cyclic data exchange.• The assignment of the measured variables to the respective variables can be effected

using the parameter Channel, the local controls or a Class 2 master.• Totalizers 1-3 can be configured individually. The following settings are possible

(factory setting: volume flow in m3):– Off – Mass flow– Volume flow

The parameter “Channel” is described in more detail in the separate “Description of Device Functions” manual.

Inputbyte

Processparameter

Accesstype

Comment/Data format Factory setting unit

0, 1, 2, 3 Volume flow read32-bit floating point number (IEEE-754)Illustration → Page 100

m3/h

4Status

volume flowread Status codes → Page 110 –

5, 6, 7, 8 Totalizer 1 read32-bit floating point number (IEEE-754)Illustration → Page 100

m3 or kg

9Status

totalizer 1read Status codes → Page 110 –


m3 or kg

14Status



m3 or kg

19Status


20, 21, 22, 23 Mass flow read32-bit floating point number (IEEE-754)Illustration → Page 100

kg/h

24 Status mass flow read Status codes → Page 110


Endress+Hauser 103

Output data Display valueThe display value allows you to transfer a measured value which has been calculated in the automation control system directly to the Promag. This measured value is a dis-play value which can be assigned to the main line, the secondary line and the info line of the display. The display value contains 4 bytes measured value and 1 byte status.The status is displayed as being OK, UNCERTAIN or BAD (see Page 70).

Data transfer from the automation control system to Promag 53 (display value)

! Note!The status can be entered freely and will be interpreted in accordance with the status coding in Profile Specification 3.0.

Example: The concentration is calculated in % f(temperature/density) in the automation control system. The temperature and density status is transferred with the two cyclic measured values and can therefore be shown directly in the automation control system together with the calculated concentration.

Control variables (output data) manufacturer-specificPromag 53 is capable of processing control variables during the cyclic data exchange e.g the switching on positive zero return.The following table shows the control variables (output data) that can be transferred to Promag 53.

Data transfer from the automation control system to Promag 53 (Control block)

! Note!A control variable can be executed through the cyclic data exchange each time the out-put byte changes from “0” to another bit pattern. It will then be necessary to reset to “0” before a further control variable can be executed. The transition from any bit pattern to “0” will not have any effect.

Output byte

Process parameter Access type

Comment/Data format Factory set-ting unit

6, 7, 8, 9 Display value write32-bit floating point number (IEEE-754)Illustration → Page 100

ao

10 Status Display value read - –

Output byte

Processparameter

Access type

Comment/Control variable Factory set-ting unit

11 Control variable

write This parameter is manufacturer-specific and can control the following control vari-ables:

0 → 1: Reserved0 → 2: Positive zero return ON0 → 3: Positive zero return OFF0 → 4: Reserved

–


104 Endress+Hauser

Control variables for totalizers 1-3 (output data)These functions allow totalizers 1-3 to be controlled from the automation control system.The following control variables are possible: totalizing, resetting, activation of a prede-fined value, balancing, positive flow detection, negative flow detection and stopping of totalizing.

Data transfer from the automation control system to Promag 53 (Control variables of totalizers)

! Note!• A control variable can be executed through the cyclic data exchange each time the

output byte changes from one bit pattern to any other bit pattern. It will not be neces-sary to reset to “0” to execute a control variable.

• It is only possible to preset a predefined totalizer value via the local display or the Class 2 master!

Example of SET_TOT and MODE_TOT: If the control variable SET_TOT is set to “1” (1 = Reset the totalizer), the value of the total-izer will be set to “0”. The value of the totalizer will now be added up starting from “0”.If the totalizer is to retain the value “0”, it will be necessary to set the control variable MODE_TOT to “3” (3 = STOP totalizing). The totalizer will now stop adding up. The con-trol variable SET_TOT can be set to “1” at a later point in time (1 = Reset the totalizer).

Factory settings of cyclic measured variablesThe following measured variables are configured in Promag 53 at the factory:• Volume flow• Totalizer 1 (with control variable SET_TOT and MODE_TOT)• Totalizer 2 (with control variable SET_TOT and MODE_TOT)• Totalizer 3 (with control variable SET_TOT and MODE_TOT)• Mass flow• Display value (input value)• Manufacturer-specific control block

If all measured variables are not required, you can use the placeholder “EMTY_MODULE” (0x00) - which can be found in the GSD file - to deactivate individual measured variables using the configuration software of the Class 1 master. Configuration example → Page 105 ff.

! Note!Only activate the data blocks which are to be processed in the automation control sys-tem. This will improve the data throughput rate of a PROFIBUS-DP/-PA network.A blinking double-arrow symbol will appear on the display to show that Promag 53 is communicating with the automation control system.

Output byte

Processparameter

Access type

Comment/Control variable Factory set-ting unit

024

SET_TOT 1SET_TOT 2SET_TOT 3

writewritewrite

The following control variables can be entered for totalizers 1-3 using these parameters.

Control variable for SET_TOT:0: Totalizing1: Reset totalizer2: Preset totalizer

–

135

MODE_TOT 1MODE_TOT 2MODE_TOT 3

writewritewrite

Control variable for MODE_TOT:0: Balancing1: Only positive flow detection2: Only negative flow detection3: Stop totalizing

–


Endress+Hauser 105

" Caution!• It is essential that the following sequence be adhered to when configuring the meas-

ured variables – volume flow, totalizers 1...3, mass flow, display value and control!• The device will have to be reset after the new measured variables have been config-

ured. This can be effected in either of two ways:– Via the local display: HOME → Block J (SUPERVISION) → Group JAA (SYSTEM)

→ Function group 804 (OPERATION) → Function 8046 (SYSTEM RESET)– Switch supply voltage off and then on again.

System unitsThe measured values are transmitted in system units - as described in the table on Page 102 - to the automation control system during the cyclic data exchange.If the system unit of a measured value is changed using the local display, this will not have an immediate effect on the output of the AI block (Analog Input Block) and there-fore will not influence the measured value which is transmitted to the automation control system.The altered system unit of the measured value will only be transmitted to the automation control system once the “SET UNIT TO BUS” function in block G (BASIC FUNCTIONS) → Group GBA (PROFIBUS-DP/-PA) → function group 614 (OPERATION)→ Function 6141 (SET UNIT TO BUS) has been activated. This can also be activated with a Class 2 master (e.g. Commuwin II).

Configuration examplesThe configuration of a PROFIBUS-DP system is normally effected in the following manner:

1. The field device (Promag 53) which is to be configured is integrated into the con-figuration program of the automation control system via the PROFIBUS-DP network. The GSD file is used here. The configuration software can be used to configure measured variables “offline”.

2. The automation control system's user program will have to be programmed now. The input and output data is controlled in the user program and the location of the measured variables is defined so that they can be processed further.An additional measured value configuration module may have to be used in the case of automation control systems which do not support the IEEE-754 floating point format.It may also be necessary to change the byte sequence (byte swapping) depending on the type of data management employed in the automation control system (little-endian format or big-endian format).

3. When configuration has been completed, this will be transferred to the automation control system in the form of a binary file.

4. The system can be started now. The automation control system will establish a con-nection to the configured devices. The device parameters which are relevant for the process can now be set using the Class 2 master, e.g. with Commuwin II (see Page 93).


106 Endress+Hauser

6.4.2 Configuration examples with Simatic S7 HW-Konfig

Example 1:Full configuration using the manufacturer-specific GSD file

This form of configuration activates all data blocks which are supported by Promag 53. The significance of SET_TOT and MODE_TOT is described on Page 104.

Configuration data

Byte length(Input)

Byte length

(Output)

Data blocks Status Access type GSD block

designation

GSDExtended

blockidentification

GSDStandard

blockidentification

0...4 Volume flow + Status

active read AI 0x42, 0x84,0x08, 0x05

0x94

5...9 0 + 1 Totalizer 1 +Status +Control variable

active read+

write

SETTOT_MODETOT_

TOTAL

0xC1, 0x81, 0x84, 0x85

0xC1, 0x81,0x84, 0x85


active read+

write

SETTOT_MODETOT_

TOTAL

0xC1, 0x81, 0x84, 0x85

0xC1, 0x81,0x84, 0x85


active read+

write

SETTOT_MODETOT_

TOTAL

0xC1, 0x81, 0x84, 0x85

0xC1, 0x81,0x84, 0x85

20...24 – Mass flow + Status


0x94

– 6...10 Display value + Status

active write DISPLAY_VALUE

0x82, 0x84,0x08, 0x05

0xA4

– 11 Control variable

active write CONTROL_BLOCK

0x20 0x20

Slot 0 → AI volume flowSlot 1 → Totalizer 1 + Control variable (SET_TOT, MODE_TOT)Slot 2 → Totalizer 2 + Control variable (SET_TOT, MODE_TOT)Slot 3 → Totalizer 3 + Control variable (SET_TOT, MODE_TOT)Slot 4 → AI mass flowSlot 5: Display value (DISPLAY_VALUE)Slot 6: Control block (CONTROL_BLOCK) manufacturer-specific

F06-

53P

Bxx

xx-2

0-xx

-xx-

xx-0

00


Endress+Hauser 107

Example 2:Replacing measured variables with placeholders (EMPTY_MODULE) using the manu-facturer-specific GSD file:

This form of configuration activates the volume flow, totalizer 1, display value and the manufacturer-specific control blocks.Totalizer 1 is configured “without control variable”. In this example it provides a meas-ured value and cannot be controlled. It is not possible to reset or stop the totalizer.

Configuration data

Byte length(Input)

Byte length(Out-put)

Datablocks

Status Accesstype

GSD block

designation

GSDExtended

blockidentifica-

tion

GSDStandard

blockidentifica-

tion

0...4 – Volume flow +Status


0x94

5...9 – Totalizer 1 + Status

active read TOTAL. 0x41, 0x84,0x85

0x41, 0x84,0x85

– – Place-holder

disa-bled

– EMTPY_MODULE

0x00 0x00


disa-bled

– EMTPY_MODULE

0x00 0x00


disa-bled

– EMTPY_MODULE

0x00 0x00

– 0...4 Display value

active write DISPLAY_VALUE

0x82, 0x84,0x08, 0x05

0xA4

– 5 Control variable

active write CONTROL_BLOCK

0x20 0x20

Slot 0: AI volume flowSlot 1: Totalizer 1 “without control variable”Slot 2: Placeholder (EMPTY_MODULE)Slot 3: Placeholder (EMPTY_MODULE)Slot 4: Placeholder (EMPTY_MODULE)Slot 5: Display value (DISPLAY_VALUE)Slot 6: Control block (CONTROL_BLOCK) manufacturer-specific

F06-

53P

Bxx

xx-2

0-xx

-xx-

xx-0

02


108 Endress+Hauser

Example 3:Configuration of the measured variables without placeholders (EMPTY_MODULE) using the manufacturer-specific GSD file.

This form of configuration transfers the volume flow - totalizer 1 with control variable (SET_TOT).

! Note!If no further measured variables are required, the placeholders will not have to be used. This only applies if no manufacturer-specific control blocks are used.

F06-

53P

Bxx

xx-2

0-xx

-xx-

xx-0

01Slot 0: AI volume flowSlot 1: Totalizer 1 + Control variable (SET_TOT)

Configuration data

Byte length(Input)


Datablocks

Status Access type

GSD block

designation

GSDExtended

blockidentifica-

tion

GSDStandard

blockidentifica-

tion

0...4 – Volume flow

+ Status


0x94

5...9 0 Totalizer 1+ Status+ Control variable

active read + write

SETTOT_TOTAL

0xC1, 0x80, 0x84, 0x85

0xC1, 0x80,0x84, 0x85


Endress+Hauser 109

Example 4:Full configuration using the Profile GSD files PA039741.gsd (RS 485) and PA139741.gsd (IEC 61158-2 (MBP)):

This form of configuration transfers the volume flow - totalizer 1 and the mass flow with control variable.

! Note!This GSD file contains two AI blocks and a Totalizer block.The first AI block is always assigned to the volume flow. This guarantees that the first measured variable agrees with the field equipment of other manufacturers.The second AI block can be freely selected as Promag 53 is capable of producing a calculated mass flow.

! Note!There is no difference between the block ID's of the two Profile GSD files PA039741.gsd (RS 485) and PA139741.gsd (IEC 61158-2 (MBP)).There is, however, a difference in the baud rates that are supported and the Min_Slave_Interval.

F06-

53P

Bxx

xx-2

0-xx

-xx-

xx-0

03

Slot 0 → AI volume flowSlot 2 → Totalizer 1 + Control variable (SET_TOT, MODE_TOT)Slot 1 → AI mass flow

Configuration data

Byte length(Input)


Datablocks

Status Access type

GSD block

designation

GSDExtended

blockidentifica-

tion

GSDStandard

blockidentifica-

tion

0...4 – Volume flow

+ Status

active read AI – 0x94

5...9 0...1 Totalizer 1 + Status + Control

active read +write

SETTOT_MODETOT_

TOTAL

– 0xC1, 0x81, 0x84, 0x85

10...14 – Mass flow + Status

activeread

AI – 0x94


110 Endress+Hauser

Status codeThe status codes which are supported by the AI blocks (Analog Input), TOT (Totalizers 1...3) and display value are listed in the following table.The coding of the status corresponds to “PROFIBUS-PA Profile for Process Control Devices - General Requirements” V 3.0:

Status Code Meaning Device status Limits

0x1C0x1D0x1E0x1F

out of service bad

OKLOW_LIMHIG_LIMCONST

0x11 below sensor limit bad LOW_LIM

0x12 sensor limit exceeded bad HIG_LIM

0x0C0x0D0x0E0x0F

device failure bad


0x080x090x0A0x0B

not connected(function block not available)

bad


0x400x410x420x43

non-specific uncertain


0x440x450x460x47

last useable value uncertain


0x480x490x4A0x4B

substitute set uncertain


0x4C0x4D0x4E0x4F

initial value(values which are not saved after

the device or parameters have been reset)

uncertain


0x500x510x520x53

sensor conversion not accurate(measured value of sensor

inaccurate)uncertain


0x600x610x620x63

simulated value uncertain


0x800x810x820x83

measuring system OK good


0x840x850x860x87

update event(change of parameters)

good


0x8C0x8D0x8E0x8F

active critical alarm(critical alarm:

alarm limit exceeded)good


0x880x890x8A0x8B

active advisory alarm(warning: advance warning limit

exceeded)good



Endress+Hauser 111

6.4.3 Cycle times

Measurement value processing and data communication is effected by Promag in three steps:

1st step: Processing measurement valuesThis involves the calculation of the primary measured variable “volume flow” on the basis of sensor signals.The duration of the sampling intervals will depend on the type of sensor that is being used, the nominal diameter and the energy supply (50 Hz, 60 Hz, DC). The typical processing times of Promag 53 can be found in the following table:

2nd step: AI block calculationThe default values of the AI block and the totalizers are calculated on the basis of the measured variable ascertained while processing the measurement values (volume flow and calculated mass flow) and are then copied to a cyclic data telegram.The AI block calculation is effected within a period of max. 50 ms per block.

! Note!Each measurement only involves the calculation of the AI blocks or totalizer blocks. This AI block or totalizer block will only be calculated if it has been activated using the con-figuration software (see Page 104). The deactivation of parameters which are not required in the cyclic data telegram will improve the real time performance of the flowmeter.

Sensor DN Scan interval in [ms]

[mm] 50 Hz 60 Hz DC

Promag WPromag P

15...5065

80...100125...200250...400450...500

600700...750800...900

1000...10501200

1350...14001500

1600...170018002000

60.060.060.0100.0120.0140.0160.0200.0240.0300.0300.0340.0380.0420.0480.0500.0

50.050.066.7100.0116.7150.0166.7200.0250.0300.0300.0350.0400.0450.0500.0500.0

55.072.572.5109.0126.6145.0164.0200.0217.0256.0294.0323.0370.0400.0435.0435.0

Promag H 2...2540...6580...100

40.060.060.0

33.350.066.7

-36.036.0

AI-Block-berechnung

.................

Firstblock

Data telegram

Secondblock

Mass flow

Volume flow

Sensorsignals

1. Step 2. Step 3. Step

PROFIBUSProtocol chip

Inquiry fromMaster

AI blockcalculation

Totalizer blockcalculation

Volume flow

Signal processing

Mass flow

F06-

x3P

Bxx

xx-0

2-xx

-xx-

en-0

00


112 Endress+Hauser

3rd step: PROFIBUS protocol chipThe cyclic data telegram is transferred to the protocol chip and, following an inquiry from the master, is sent to the master in accordance with the data transfer rate.

ms

515

2535

4555

6575

8595

105

115

125

135

145

155

165

175

185

195

205

215

100

2030

4050

6070

8090

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

170

180

190

200

210

9.8

9.

8

9.8

9.

8

9.8

10.

0 1

0.0

10.

0 1

0.0

10.

010

.2 1

0.2

10.

2 1

0.2

10.

2 1

0.5

10.

5 1

0.5

10.

5 1

0.5

Pro

mag

HD

N 2

5, 5

0 H

zS

cann

ing

inte

rval

l <

40

ms

2 ac

tivat

ed b

lock

sA

I blo

ck c

alcu

latio

n / T

otal

izer

blo

ck c

alcu

latio

n: 5

3 m

s p

er b

lock

Exa

mp

le f

or t

he

tim

ing

of

the

blo

ck c

alcu

lati

on a

nd

th

e si

gn

al p

roce

ssin

g

Tota

l pro

cess

ing

tim

efo

r on

e fu

nctio

n b

lock

Tota

l pro

cess

ing

tim

efo

r tw

o fu

nctio

n b

lock

s

Blo

ck c

alcu

latio

n

Sig

nal p

roce

ssin

g

Volu

me

flow

Tota

lizer

Volu

me

flow

Tota

lizer

Sig

nal p

roce

ssin

g

Func

tion

blo

ck c

alcu

latio

n

Mea

surin

g v

alue

tran

smis

sion

to th

e au

tom

atio

n co

ntro

l sys

tem

New

mea

surin

gva

lue

New

mea

surin

gva

lue

New

mea

surin

gva

lue

sam

e va

lue

sam

e va

lue

sam

e va

lue

New

mea

surin

gva

lue

sam

e va

lue

F06-

5xH

PB

xxx-

02-x

x-xx

-en-

000


Endress+Hauser 113

6.5 Application-specific commissioning

6.5.1 Quick Setup “Commissioning”

If the measuring device is equipped with a local display, all device-specific parameters important for standard measuring operation can be configured easily and quickly using the “Commissioning” Quick Setup menu (Fig. 53). The individual parameters and functions must be configured via the configuration pro-gram, e.g. Commuwin II, on measuring devices which do not have a local display.

Fig. 53: Quick Setup “Commissioning” (only with local display)

++ +E E- +

ENDRESS+HAUSER

E

ESC

Commission

Language

Defaults

Quick Setup

HOME-POSITION

QS

Volume Mass Quit

Configure another unit? NOYES

UnitVolume Flow

UnitDensity

ValueDensity

UnitMass flow

SelectionSystem units

1002

2000

0402 0420

0700

0400

B

Autom. Configuration of Display? NOYES

Automatic parameterizationof the display

F06-

53P

Bxx

xx-1

9-xx

-xx-

de-

001


114 Endress+Hauser

6.5.2 Empty-pipe/full-pipe calibration

Flow cannot be measured correctly unless the measuring tube is completely full. This status can be permanently monitored using the Empty Pipe Detection:• EPD = Empty Pipe Detection (with the help of an EPD electrode)• OED = Open Electrode Detection (Empty Pipe Detection with the help of the measur-

ing electrodes, if the sensor is not equipped with an EPD electrode or the orientation is not suitable for using EPD).

" Caution!A detailed description and other helpful hints for the empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment procedure can be found in the separate “Description of Device Functions” Manual:• EPD/OED ADJUSTMENT (6481) → Carrying out the adjustment.• EPD (6420) → Switching on and off EPD/OED.• EPD RESPONSE TIME (6425) → Input of the response time for EPD/OED.

! Note!• These settings can also be made in accordance with the manufacturer's specific

matrix using Commuwin II.• The EPD function is not available unless the sensor is fitted with an EPD electrode.• The devices are already calibrated at the factory with water (approx. 500 µS/cm).

If the fluid conductivity differs from this reference, empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment has to be performed again on site.

• The default setting for EPD/OED when the devices are delivered is OFF; the function has to be activated if required.

• The EPD/OED process error can be output by means of the configurable relay outputs.

Performing empty-pipe and full-pipe adjustment (EPD/OED) (Display k)

! 1. Select the appropriate function in the function matrix:HOME → F → R → BASIC FUNCTIONS → F → R → PROCESSPARA-METER → F → R → ADJUSTMENT → F → EPD/OED ADJUSTMENT

2. Empty the piping. In case of an EPD adjustment, the wall of the measuring tube should be wetted with fluid for the adjustment procedure but this is not the case with an OED adjustment!

3. Start empty-pipe adjustment: Select “EMPTY PIPE ADJUST” or “OED EMPTY ADJUST” and press F to confirm.

4. After empty-pipe adjustment, fill the piping with fluid.5. Start full-pipe adjustment: Select “FULL PIPE ADJUST” or “OED FULL ADJUST”

and press F to confirm.6. Having completed the adjustment, select the setting “OFF” and exit the function by

pressing F .7. Now select the “EPD” function (6420). Switch on Empty Pipe Detection by selecting

the following settings:– EPD → Select ON STANDARD or ON SPECIAL and press F to confirm.– OED → Select OED and confirm with F .

" Caution!The adjustment coefficients must be valid before you can activate the EPD/OED function. If adjustment is incorrect the following messages might appear on the display:– FULL = EMPTY

The adjustment values for empty pipe and full pipe are identical. In cases of this nature you must repeat empty-pipe or full-pipe adjustment!

– ADJUSTMENT NOT OKAdjustment is not possible because the fluid’s conductivity is out of range.


Endress+Hauser 115

6.6 Data storage device (DAT)

S-DAT (Sensor-DAT)The S-DAT is an exchangeable data storage device in which all sensor relevant param-eters are stored, i.e., diameter, serial number, calibration factor, zero point.

T-DAT (Transmitter-DAT)The T-DAT is an exchangeable data storage device in which all transmitter parameters and settings are stored.Storing of specific parameter settings from the EEPROM to the T-DAT and vice versa has to be carried out by the user (= manual save function). Detailed instructions regarding this can be found in the handbook “Description of Device Functions” (function “T-DAT SAVE/LOAD”, No. 1009).


116 Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA 7 Maintenance

Endress+Hauser 117

7 Maintenance

The Promag 53 flow measuring system requires no special maintenance.

Exterior cleaningWhen cleaning the exterior of flowmeters, always use cleaning agents that do not attack the surface of the housing and the seals.

SealsThe seals of the Promag H sensor must be replaced periodically, particularly in the case of gasket seals (aseptic version). The period between changes depends on the fre-quency of cleaning cycles, the cleaning temperature and the fluid temperature.

Replacement seals (accessories) → Page 119

7 Maintenance PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

118 Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA 8 Accessories

Endress+Hauser 119

8 Accessories

Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser, are avail-able for the transmitter and the sensor. The E+H service organisation can provide detailed information on the order codes of your choice.

Accessory Description Ordering code

Transmitter Promag 53

Transmitter for replacement or for stock. Use the order code to define the following specifi-cations:– Approvals– Degree of protection / version– Cable type for the remote version– Cable entries– Display / operation– Software

53XXX − XXXXX * * * * * * * *

Mounting kit for transmitter

Mounting kit for remote version. Suitable for:– Wall mounting– Post mounting– Installation in control panel

Mounting set for aluminium housings. Suitable for pipe mounting.

DK5WM − *

Cable for remote version Coil and signal cables, various lengths. Reinforced cable on request.

DK5CA − * *

Grounding cable for Promag W/P

Set consists of two grounding cables. DK5GC − * * *

Grounding disk for Promag W, P

Grounding disk for potential equalisation DK5GD – * * * *

Mounting kit for Promag H

Mounting kit for Promag H, comprising:– 2 process connections (see Page 170 ff.)– Threaded fasteners– Seals

DKH * * − * * * *

Adapter connection for Promag A/H

Adapter connections for installing Promag 53 H instead of a Promag 30/33 A or Promag 30/33 H / DN 25.

DK5HA − * * * * * *

Ground rings for Promag H

If the process connections are made of PVC or PVDF, ground rings are necessary to ensure that potential is matched. Set of ground rings, comprising:– 2 ground rings– 2 seals

DK5HR − * * * *

Set of seals forPromag H

For regular replacement of the seals of the Promag H sensor.

DK5HS − * * *

Wall mounting kit forPromag H

Wall-mounting kit for the Promag H sensor DK5HM − * *

Welding jig forPromag H

Weld nipple as process connection:welding jig for installation in pipe.

DK5HW − * * *

8 Accessories PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

120 Endress+Hauser

Applicator Software for selecting and configuring flow-meters.Applicator can be downloaded from the Inter-net or ordered on CD-ROM for installation on a local PC.

Contact your E+H representative for more information.

DKA80 − *

ToF Tool-FieldTool Package

Modular software package consisting of the "ToF Tool" service program for configuring and diagnosing ToF level transmitters (time-of-flight measurement) and the "FieldTool" service program for configuring and diagnos-ing PROline flowmeters. The PROline flowme-ters are accessed via a service interface or via the FXA 193 service interface.

Contents of the "ToF Tool-FieldTool Package"• Commissioning, maintenance analysis• Measuring device configuration• Service functions• Visualisation of process data• Trouble-shooting• Controlling the “FieldCheck” tester/simula-

tor


DXS10 − * * * * *

FieldCheck Tester/simulator for testing flowmeters in the field. When used in conjunction with the “FieldTool” software package, test results can be imported into a database, printed and used for official certification.


DXC10 − * *

Accessory Description Ordering code

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA 9 Trouble-shooting

Endress+Hauser 121

9 Trouble-shooting

9.1 Trouble-shooting instructions

Always start trouble-shooting with the checklist below, if faults occur after start-up or during operation. The routine takes you directly to the cause of the problem and the appropriate remedial measures.

" Caution!In the event of a serious fault, a flowmeter might have to be returned to the manufacturer for repair. The procedures on Page 8 must be carried out before you return a device to Endress+Hauser. Always enclose a duly completed “Safety regulation” form. You will find a preprinted form at the back of this manual.

Check the display

No display visible and no output signals present.

1. Check the power supply → terminals 1, 22. Check device fuse → Page 136

85...260 V AC: 0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V20...55 V AC and 16...62 V DC: 2 A slow-blow / 250 V

3. Measuring electronics defective → order spare parts → Page 131

No display visible, but out-put signals are present.

1. Check whether the ribbon-cable connector of the display module is correctly plugged into the amplifier board → Page 133, 135

2. Display module defective → order spare parts → Page 1313. Measuring electronics defective → order spare parts → Page 131

Display texts are in a foreign language.

Switch off power supply. Press and hold down both the OS buttons and switch on the measuring device. The display text will appear in English (default) and is displayed at maximum contrast.

Error messages on display

Errors which occur during commissioning or measuring operation are displayed immediately.Error messages consist of a variety of icons. The meanings of these icons are as follows:– Error type: S = system error, P = process error– Error message type: $ = fault message, ! = notice message– PARTIALLY FILLED PIPE = error designation (e.g. measuring tube is only partly filled)– 03:00:05 = duration of error occurrence (in hours, minutes and seconds)– #401 = error number

" Caution!• See the information on Page 73 ff.!• Simulations and positive zero return are interpreted by the measuring system as being system errors-

but are only displayed as notice messages.

Error number:No. 001 – 399No. 501 – 699

System error (device failure) has occurred → Page 123 ff.

Error number:Nr. 401 − 499

Process error (application error) has occurred → Page 127 ff.

9 Trouble-shooting PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

122 Endress+Hauser

Faulty connection to control system

No connection can be made between the control system and the device.Check the following points:

Supply voltageTransmitter

Check the supply voltage → terminals 1/2

Device fuse Check device fuse → Page 13685...260 V AC: 0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V20...55 V AC and 16...62 V DC: 2 A slow-blow / 250 V

Fieldbus connection PROFIBUS-DP:Check the data lines: A = terminal 26, B = terminal 27

Field bus connector (only for PROFIBUS-PA, option)

– Check pin assignment/wiring → Page 66– Check connection between connector/fieldbus port.

Is the coupling ring tightened correctly?

Field bus voltage(only for PROFIBUS-PA)

Check that a min. bus voltage of 9 V DC is present at terminals 26/27. Permissible range: 9 ... 32 V DC

Network structure Check permissible fieldbus length and number of spurs → Page 48

Base current (only for PROFIBUS-PA)

Is there a basic current of min. 11 mA?

Bus address Check bus address: make certain that there are no double assignments!

Terminators Has the PROFIBUS network been terminated correctly?Each bus segment must always be terminated with a bus terminator at both ends (start and finish). Otherwise interference may affect communi-cation.

Current consumptionPermissible feed current(only for PROFIBUS-PA)

Check the current consumption of the bus segment:The current consumption of the bus segment in question (= total of basic currents of all fieldbus stations) must not exceed the max. permissible feed current of the fieldbus power supply.

System or process error messages

System or process errors which occur during commissioning or during a measuring operation can also be displayed in the manufacturer-specific device controls using the Commuwin II Operating Program → Page 123

Other error (without error message)

Some other error has occurred.

Diagnosis and rectification → Page 130


Endress+Hauser 123

9.2 System and process error messages

General notesSystem and process errors are permanently assigned to two different error message types and are thus given different priorities:

Error message type “Fault message”: • This signal will cause the measurement operation to be immediately interrupted or

stopped!• Presentation on the PROFIBUS → Fault signals will be reported to the next function

block or the control system by setting the status of the corresponding process value to “BAD”.

• Local display → A blinking lightning bolt ($) will appear.

Error message type “Notice message”:• The measurement operation will continue as usual in spite of this message!• Presentation on the PROFIBUS → Notice messages will be reported to the next func-

tion block or the control system by setting the status of the corresponding process value to “UNCERTAIN”.

• Local display → A blinking exclamation point (!) will appear.

Serious system errors, e.g. a fault in the electronic module, are always evaluated by the instrument as a “fault signal” and will be displayed! Simulations and the suppression of the measured value are only reported with a “Notice message”.

Error messages in the configuration program (Class 2 Master) → see TableIn the Promag 53 system/process errors are recognised and reported in the Transducer Block and Analog Input Block. The following table contains a listing of the device status messages for the Analog Input blocks (PROFIBUS-Profile 3.0) and a description of the device status messages which may appear on the display (Measured value Q = Meas-urement Quality).

Error messages on the local display → see Table

Device status messageDiagnosis message (Control system)

Device status message(Display)

No. Initial status Analog Input Block/Totalizer Block

Measured value Q /Substatus/alarm limit

Cause/remedy

ROM / RAM failure S CRITICAL FAILURE$ # 001

1 device failure BAD0x0Fconstant

Cause:System error. ROM / RAM error.Error when accessing the program memory (ROM) or random access memory (RAM) of the processor.

Remedy:Replace the amplifier board. Spare parts → Page 131

Amplifier EEPROMfailure

S AMP HW EEPROM$ # 011


Cause:System error. Measuring amplifier has faulty EEPROM

Remedy:Replace the amplifier board. Spare parts → Page 131


124 Endress+Hauser

Amplifier EEPROM data inconsistent

S MP SW-EEPROM$ # 012


Cause:System error. Error when accessing data of the measuring amplifier EEPROM

Remedy:Execute a warm start (= start up the measuring system without net-work interruption).• PROFIBUS (Commuwin II):

Manufacturer-specific trans-ducer block → Service & Analy-sis (V0H2)

• Local display:SUPERVISION → SYSTEM → OPERATION → SYSTEM RESET (→ RESTART SYSTEM)

! Note!The measuring device must be restarted after fault elimination.

S-DAT failure / S-DAT not inserted

S SENSOR HW DAT$ # 031

31 sensor failure BAD0x10no limits

Cause:System error1. S-DAT is defective.2. S-DAT is not plugged into

amplifier board (missing)

Remedy:1. Replace the S-DAT.

Spare parts → Page 131Check the spare part set num-ber to ensure that the new, replacement DAT is compatible with the measuring electronics.

2. Plug S-DAT into amplifier board → Page 133, 135

S-DAT data inconsistent

S SENSOR SW DAT$ # 032

32 sensor failure BAD0x10no limits

Cause:System error. Error accessing the calibration values stored in the S-DAT.

Remedy:1. Check whether the

S-DAT is correctly plugged into the amplifier board → Page 133, 135

2. Replace the S-DAT if it is defec-tive. Spare parts → Page 131Check the spare part set num-ber to ensure that the new, replacement DAT is compatible with the measuring electronics.

3. Replace measuring electronics boards if necessary. Spare parts → Page 131





Cause/remedy


Endress+Hauser 125

T-DAT failure S TRANSM. HW DAT$ # 041


Cause:System error1. T-DAT is faulty2. T-DAT is not plugged into I/O

board (missing).

Remedy:1. Replace the T-DAT.

Spare parts → Page 131Check the spare part set num-ber to ensure that the new, replacement DAT is compatible with the measuring electronics.

2. Plug T-DAT into I/O-board → Page 133, 135

T-DAT data inconsistent

S TRANSM. SW DAT$ # 042


Cause:System error. Error accessing the calibration values stored in the T-DAT.

Remedy:1. Check whether the T-DAT is

correctly plugged into the I/O board → Page 133, 135

2. Replace T-DAT if faulty.Spare parts → Page 131Check the spare part set num-ber to ensure that the new, replacement DAT is compatible with the measuring electronics.

3. Replace measuring electronics boards if necessary.Spare parts → Page 131

CompatibilityAmp. I/O Mod.

S V / K COMPATIB.$ # 051


Cause:The I/O board and the amplifier board are not compatible.

RemedyUse only compatible assemblies and boards.Check the compatibility of the assemblies used. Check the:– Spare part set number– Hardware revision code

F-CHIP failure S HW F-CHIP$ # 061


Cause:F-Chip amplifier1. F-Chip defective2. F-Chip is not plugged into the I/

O board (missing).

Behebung1. Replace the F-Chip .

Spare parts2. Plug F-Chip into the I/O board





Cause/remedy


126 Endress+Hauser

TOT could not be restarted

S CHEKSUM. TOTAL.$ # 111


Cause:System error. Totalizer checksum error

Remedy:1. Restart the device2. Replace the amplifier board if

necessary. Spare parts → Page 131

Amplifier and I/O board only partially compa-tible

S V / K KOMPATIB.$ # 121


Cause:System error. Due to different soft-ware versions, I/O board and amplifier board are only partially compatible (possibly restricted functionality).

! Note:– This message is only listed in the

error history.– Nothing is displayed on the dis-

play.

Remedy:Module with lower software version has either to be actualizied by ToF Tool-FieldTool Package with the required software version or the module has to be replaced.Spare parts → Page 131

Save to T-DAT failed S LOAD T-DAT! # 205


Cause:System error. Data backup to T-DAT failed, or error when acces-sing the calibration values stored in the T-DAT.

Remedy:1. Check whether the T-DAT is

correctly plugged into the I/O board → Page 133, 135

2. Replace T-DAT if faulty. Spare parts → Page 131Check the spare part set num-ber to ensure that the new, replacement DAT is compatible with the measuring electronics.






Cause/remedy


Endress+Hauser 127

Restore from T-DAT failed

S SAVE T-DAT! # 206


Cause:System error. Data backup to T-DAT failed, or error when acces-sing the calibration values stored in the T-DAT.

Remedy:1. Check whether the

T-DAT is correctly plugged into the I/O-board → Page 133, 135

2. Replace T-DAT if faulty.Spare parts → Page 131Check the spare part set num-ber to ensure that the new, replacement DAT is compatible with the measuring electronics.

3. Replace measuring electronics boards if necessary. Spare parts → Page 131

Communication failure S COMMUNICAT. I/O$ # 261

261 no communication BAD0x18no limits

Cause:System error. Communication error. No data reception between ampli-fier and I/O board or faulty internal data transfer.

Remedy:Check, whether the electronics boards are correctly inserted in their holders → Page 133, 135

Coil Current out of tolerance

S TOL. COIL CURR.$ # 321


Cause:System error. The coil current of the sensor is outside the tolerance.

Remedy:1. Switch off the power supply and

check the connectors of the coil cable → Page 133, 135


Empty Pipe detected P EMPTY PIPE! # 401

401 sensor conversion not accurate (measured value from sensor not accurate)

UNCERTAIN0x50no limits

Cause:Process error. Alarm by Empty Pipe Detection (EPD). Measuring tube partially filled or empty.

Remedy:– Check the process conditions of

the plant– Fill the measuring tube

EPD adjustment not possible

P EPD ADJ.N.OK! # 461

461 non-specific UNCERTAIN0x40no limits

Cause:Process error. EPD calibration not possible because the fluid's con-ductivity is either too low or too high.

Remedy:The EPD function cannot be used with fluids of this nature.





Cause/remedy


128 Endress+Hauser

EPD adjustment wrong P EPD FULL=EMPTY$ # 463

463 non specific UNCERTAIN0x40no limits

Cause:Process error. The EPD calibration values for empty pipe and full pipe are identical, therefore incorrect.

Remedy:Repeat EPD calibration, making sure procedure is correct → Page 114

New amplifier software loaded

S SW.-UPDATE ACT.! # 501

501 substitute set(Replacement value of the Failsafe status)


Cause:New amplifier or communication (I/O module) software version is loaded. Currently no other func-tions are possible.

Remedy:Wait until process is finished. Then restart the device.

Up-/Download device data active

S UP-/DOWNLO. ACT.! # 502

502 substitute set(Replacement value of the Failsafe status)


Cause:Up- or downloading the device data via configuration program. Currently no other functions are possible.

Remedy:Wait until process is finished.

Positive zero return active

S POS.ZERO-RET.! # 601

601 sensor conversion not accurate (measured value from sensor not accurate)

UNCERTAIN0x53constant

Cause:System errorPositive zero return is activated

Remedy:Switch off positive zero return• PROFIBUS (Commuwin II):

Manufacturer-specific trans-ducer block → Device matrix (V8H4)

• Local display:BASIC FUNCTION → SYSTEM PARAMETER → CONFIGURA-TION → POSITIVE ZERO RETURN (→ OFF)

Simulation failsafe active

S SIM. FAILSAFE! # 691

691 substitute set UNCERTAIN0x48...0x4Blow/highconstant

Cause:System errorSimulation of response to error is active

Remedy:Switch off simulation• PROFIBUS (Commuwin II):


• Local display:SUPERVISION → SYSTEM → OPERATION → SIM. FAILSAFE MODE (→ OFF)





Cause/remedy


Endress+Hauser 129

Simulation Volume flow active

S SIM. MEASURAND! # 692

692 simulated value(manually defined value)

UNCERTAIN0x60...0x63low/highconstant

Cause:System errorSimulation is active

Remedy:Switch off simulation• PROFIBUS (Commuwin II):


• Local display:SUPERVISION → SYSTEM → OPERATION → SIM. MEASU-RED VARIABLE (→ OFF)

Device test via FieldCheck active

S FIELD CHECK AKT.! # 698

698 simulated value UNCERTAIN

0x60...0x63low/highconstant

Cause:The measuring device is being checked on site via the test and simulation device.

Remedy:-





Cause/remedy


130 Endress+Hauser

9.3 Process errors without messages

Symptoms Rectification

Remark:You may have to change or correct certain settings in parameters in order to rectify the fault. The following parameters are described in detail in the “Description of Device Functions” manual.

Flow values are negative, even though the fluid is flow-ing forwards through the pipe.

1. In case of remote version:– Switch off power supply and check wiring → Page 52 ff.– If necessary, swap the connections for terminals 41 and 42

2. Alter setting in INSTALLATION DIR. SENSOR function accordingly

Measured value reading fluctuates even though flow is steady.

1. Check grounding and potential equalisation → Page 62 ff.2. Check whether gas bubbles are present in the medium3. "TIME CONSTANT" function -> increase value4. "DISPLAY DAMPING" function -> increase value

Measured value reading or measuring value output pul-sates or fluctuates, e.g. because of reciprocating pump, peristaltic pump, dia-phragm pump or pump with similar delivery characteris-tic.

Increase the system damping value:• PROFIBUS (Commuwin II):

– Manufacturer-specific transducer block → Device matrix → SYSTEM DAMPING (V8H2)

– Analog Input function block → RISING TIME (V1H8)• Local display:

BASIC FUNCTIONS → SYSTEM PARAMETERS → CONFIGURATION → SYSTEM DAMPING

If these measures do not help, a pulsation damper must be installed between the pump and the flowmeter.

Will a slight flow be dis-played even though the fluid is at a standstill and the measuring tube is full?

1. Check grounding and potential equalisation → Page 62 ff.2. Check the fluid for presence of gas bubbles.3. Enter a value for the low flow cutoff or increase this value:

– PROFIBUS (Commuwin II): manufacturer-specific transducer block → Device matrix → ON VALUE LOW FLOW CUTOFF (V3H1)

– Local display: BASIC FUNCTIONS → PROCESS PARAMETERS → CONFIGURATION → ON VALUE LOW FLOW CUTOFF

Will a measured value be displayed even though measuring tube is empty?

1. Perform empty-pipe/full-pipe calibration and then switch on Empty Pipe Detection → Page 114

2. Remote version: check the terminal connection of the EPD cable → Page 49 ff.

3. Fill the measuring tube.

The fault cannot be rectified or some other fault not described above has occurred. In these instances, please contact your E+H service organisation.

The following options are available for tackling problems of this nature:

Request the services of an E+H service technicianIf you contact our service organisation to have a service technician sent out, please be ready with the following information:– Brief description of the fault– Nameplate specifications (Page 9 ff.): Order code and serial number

Returning devices to E+HThe procedures on Page 8 must be carried out before you return a flow-meter requiring repair or calibration to Endress+Hauser. Always enclose a duly completed “Safety regulation” form with the device. You will find a preprinted “Safety regulation” form at the back of this manual.

Replace transmitter electronicsComponents in the measuring electronics defective → order replacement → Page 131


Endress+Hauser 131

" 9.4 Spare parts

Chap. 9.1 contains a detailed trouble-shooting guide. The measuring device, moreover, provides additional support in the form of continuous self-diagnosis and error messages.Fault rectification can entail replacing defective components with tested spare parts. The illustration below shows the available scope of spare parts.

! Note!You can order spare parts directly from your E+H service organisation by providing the serial number printed on the nameplates (Page 9 ff.).

Spare parts are shipped as sets comprising the following parts:• Spare part• Additional parts, small items (fasteners, etc.)• Mounting instructions• Packaging

Fig. 54: Spare parts for Promag 53 transmitter (field and wall-mount housings)

1 Power supply board2 Amplifier board3 I/O board (Type PROFIBUS-DP/-PA)4 S-DAT (sensor data memory)5 T-DAT (transmitter data memory)6 Display module7 Fieldbus connectors comprising protective cap, connector, adapter PG 13.5/M20.5

(only for PROFIBUS-PA, Order no. 50098037)

1

2

3

6

5

4

7

F06-

53xP

Bxx

x-03

-06-

06-x

x-00

0


132 Endress+Hauser

9.5 Removing and installing printed circuit boards

Field housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards (Fig. 55)

# Warning!• Risk of electric shock! Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure

that the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.

• Risk of damaging electronic components (ESD protection). Static electricity can damage electronic components or impair their operability. Use a workplace with a grounded working surface purposely built for electrostatically sensitive devices!

• If you cannot guarantee that the dielectric strength of the device is maintained in the following steps, then an appropriate inspection must be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.

1. Remove the cover of the electronics compartment.2. Remove the local display (1) as follows:

– Press in the latches (1.1) at the side and remove the display module.– Disconnect the ribbon cable (1.2) of the display module from the amplifier board.

3. Remove the screws and remove the cover (2) from the electronics compartment.4. Remove power supply board and I/O board (4, 6):

Insert a thin pin into the hole (3) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear of its holder.

5. Remove amplifier board (5):– Disconnect the plug of the sensor signal cable (5.1) including S-DAT (5.3) from

the board.– Disconnect the plug of the coil current cable (5.2) from the board.– Insert a thin pin into the hole (3) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear

of its holder.6. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.

" Caution!Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.


Endress+Hauser 133

Fig. 55: Field housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards

1 Local display1.1 Latch1.2 Ribbon cable (display module)2 Screws of electronics compartment cover3 Aperture for installing/removing boards4 Power supply board5 Amplifier board5.1 Signal cable (sensor)5.2 Coil current cable (sensor)5.3 S-DAT (sensor data memory)5.4 T-DAT (transmitter data memory)6 I/O board (Type PROFIBUS-DP/-PA)

4

5

6

3

3

3

2

1

1.2

5.1

5.3

5.4

5.2

1.1

F06-

53xP

Bxx

x-03

-06-

06-x

x-00

1


134 Endress+Hauser

Wall-mounted housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards (Fig. 56)

# Warning!• Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure

that the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.

• Risk of damaging electronic components (ESD protection). Static electricity can damage electronic components or impair their operability. Use a workplace with a grounded working surface, purposely built for electrostatically sensitive devices!

• If you cannot guarantee that the dielectric strength of the device is maintained in the following steps, then an appropriate inspection must be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.

1. Remove the screws and open the hinged cover (1) of the housing.2. Remove the screws securing the electronics module (2). Then push up electronics

module and pull it as far as possible out of the wall-mounted housing.3. Disconnect the following cable plugs from amplifier board (7):

– Unplug sensor signal cable (7.1) including S-DAT (7.3)– Unplug coil current cable (7.2)– Unplug ribbon cable (3) of the display module

4. Remove the screws and remove the cover (4) from the electronics compartment.5. Extension of boards (6, 7, 8):

Insert a thin pin into the hole (5) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear of its holder.

6. Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.



Endress+Hauser 135

Fig. 56: Wall-mounted housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards

1 Housing cover2 Electronics module3 Ribbon cable (display module)4 Screws of electronics compartment cover5 Aperture for installing/removing boards6 Power supply board7 Amplifier board7.1 Signal cable (sensor)7.2 Coil current cable (sensor)7.3 S-DAT (sensor data memory)7.4 T-DAT (transmitter data memory)8 I/O board (Type PROFIBUS-DP/-PA)

34

1

2

3

6

7

8

5

5

7.1

7.3

7.4

7.2

5

F06-

53xP

Bxx

x-03

-03-

06-x

x-00

0


136 Endress+Hauser

9.6 Replacing the device fuse


The main fuse is on the power supply board (Fig. 57).The procedure for replacing the fuse is as follows:

1. Switch off power supply.2. Remove the power supply board → Page 132, 1343. Remove cap (1) and replace the device fuse (2).

Use only fuses of the following type:– Power supply 20...55 V AC / 16...62 V DC → 2.0 A slow-blow /

250 V; 5.2 x 20 mm– Power supply 85...260 V AC → 0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V; 5.2 x 20 mm– Ex-rated devices → see the Ex documentation.

4. Assembly is the reverse of the disassembly procedure.


Fig. 57: Replacing the device fuse on the power supply board

1 Protective cap2 Device fuse

F-06

xxxx

xx-0

3-xx

-06-

xx-0

00


Endress+Hauser 137

9.7 Replacing exchangeable measuring electrodes

The Promag W sensor (DN 350...2000) is available with exchangeable measuring elec-trodes as an option. This design permits the measuring electrodes to be replaced or cleaned under process conditions (see Page 138).

Fig. 58: Apparatus for replacing exchangeable measuring electrodes (Replacing → Page 138)

a Allen screwb Handlec Electrode cabled Knurled nut (locknut)e Measuring electrodef Stop cockg Retaining cylinderh Locking pin (for handle)i Ball valve housingj Seal (retaining cylinder)k Coil spring

F06-

5xW

xxxx

x-00

-05-

xx-x

x-00

0


138 Endress+Hauser

Removing the electrode Installing the electrode

1 Loosen Allen screw (a) and remove the cover.

1 Insert new electrode (e) into retaining cylin-der (g) from below. Make sure that the seals at the tip of the electrode are clean.

2 Remove electrode cable (c) secured to handle (b).

2 Mount handle (b) on the electrode and insert locking pin (h) to secure it in position.

" Caution!Make sure that coil spring (k) is inserted. This is essential to ensure correct electrical contact and correct measuring signals.

2 Loosen knurled nut (d) by hand. This knurled nut acts as a locknut.

2 Pull the electrode back until the tip of the electrode no longer protrudes from retain-ing cylinder (g).

3 Remove electrode (e) by turning handle (b). The electrode can now be pulled out of retaining cylinder (g) as far as a defined stop.

# Warning!Risk of injury! Under process conditions (pressure in the piping system) the elec-trode can recoil suddenly against its stop. Apply counter-pressure while releasing the electrode.

3 Screw the retaining cylinder (g) onto ball-valve housing (i) and tighten it by hand. Seal (j) on the cylinder must be correctly seated and clean.

! Note!Make sure that the rubber hoses on retain-ing cylinder (g) and stop cock (f) are of the same color (red or blue).

4 Close stop cock (f) after pulling out the electrode as far as it will go.

# Warning!Do not subsequently open the stop cock, in order to prevent fluid escaping.

4 Open stop cock (f) and turn handle (b) to screw the electrode all the way into the retaining cylinder.

5 Remove the electrode complete with retaining cylinder (g).

5 Screw knurled nut (d) onto the retaining cyl-inder. This firmly locates the electrode in position.

6 Remove handle (b) from electrode (e) by pressing out locking pin (h). Take care not to lose coil spring (k).

6 Use the Allen screw to secure electrode cable (c) to handle (b).

" Caution!Make sure that the machine screw securing the electrode cable is firmly tightened. This is essential to ensure correct electrical con-tact and correct measuring signals.

7 Remove the old electrode and insert the new electrode. Replacement electrodes can be ordered separately from E+H.

7 Reinstall the cover and tighten (a) Allen screw.


Endress+Hauser 139

9.8 Software history

Software version / date

Changes to software Changes to documentation

Amplifier

V 1.00.00 / 04.2000 Original software. −

V 1.01.00 / 08.2000 Software expansion(functional adaptations)

none

V 1.01.01 / 09.2000 Software adaptation none

V 1.02.00 / 06.2001 Software expansion:New functionalities

−

V 1.04.00 / 08.2002 Software adaptation / software expansion

−

V 1.06.00 / 10.2003 Software expansion:New / revised functionalities

Can be operated via service protocol:

• Device functions in general• Language groups• Adjustable backlight (display)• Operation hours counter• Counter for access code• Upload /Download with ToF Tool-FieldTool

Package

• ToF Tool-FieldTool package – vailid as of software version 1.03.00(the latest SW version can be downloaded under: www.tof-fieldtool.endress.com

I/O board, communication module (inputs/outputs)

V 1.01.00 / 07.2001 Original software –

V 2.00.01 / 03.2002 Software expansion: • The communication software can be updated via the service protocol

V 2.01.00 / 09.2002 Software expansion: • Diagnostic data length in cyclic data exchange adapted.

Note for replacing device:From this software version onwards, a new GSD file must be used when replacing the device.

V 2.02.xx / 12.2002 Software adaptation –

V 2.03.xx / 10.2002 Software expansion:

PROFIBUS operation via:

• New error messages• Support for compatibility with PROFIBUS

forerunner model Promag 33 with profile version 2.0

• SIL2 supported• The totalizer values are also updated with-

out integration in cyclic data exchange

Commuwin II, version 2.08-1 and higher (update C)


140 Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA 10 Technical data

Endress+Hauser 141

10 Technical data

10.1 Technical data at a glance

Application

Application Measuring the flow rate of fluids in closed piping systems. A minimum conductivity of ≥ 5 µS/cm is required for measuring; the mini-mum conductivity required in the case of demineralised water is ≥ 20 µS/cm.Applications in measuring, control and regulation technology for monitoring processes, filling and batching operations.

Liner specific applications:• Promag W (DN 25...2000):

– Polyurethane lining for applications with cold water and for slightly abra-sive fluids.

– Hard rubber lining for all applications with water (especially for trinking water)

• Promag P (DN 15...600):– PTFE lining for standard applications in chemical and process indus-

tries.– PFA lining for all applications in chemical and process industries; espe-

cially for high process temperatures and applications with temperature shocks.

• Promag H (DN 2...100):PFA lining for all applications in chemical, process and food industries; especially for high process temperatures, for applications with tempera-ture shocks and for applications with CIP or SIP cleaning processes.

Function and system design

Measuring principle Electromagnetic flow measurement on the basis of Faraday’s Law.

Measuring system The measuring system consists of a transmitter and a sensor.Two versions are available:– Compact version

transmitter and sensor form a single mechanical unit– Remote version

transmitter and sensor are installed separately

Transmitter• Promag 53 (Type PROFIBUS-DP/-PA)

Sensor• Promag W • Promag P• Promag H

Input

Measured variable Flow rate (proportional to induced voltage)

Measuring range Typically v = 0.01...10 m/s with the specified measuring accuracy

Operable flow range Over 1000 : 1

Output

Output signal PROFIBUS-DP/-PA interface:PROFIBUS-DP/-PA in acc. with EN 50170 Volume 2, IEC 61158-2 (MBP), Profile Version 3.0galvanically insulated

Signal on alarm PROFIBUS-DP/-PA interface:Status and alarm messages in acc. with PROFIBUS-PA Profile Version 3.0

10 Technical data PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

142 Endress+Hauser

Current consumption 11 mA

Permissible fieldbus voltage

9...32 V, not intrinsically safe

FDE (Fault Disconnec-tion Electronic)

0 mA

Data transfer rate PROFIBUS-PA: supported baud rate = 31.25 kBaudPROFIBUS-DP: supported baud rate = 9.6 kBaud...12 MBaud

Signal coding PROFIBUS-PA: Manchester IIPROFIBUS-DP: NRZ Code

Power supply

Electrical connection see Page 47 ff.

Potential equalisation see Page 62 ff.

Cable entries Power supply and signal cables (inputs/outputs):– Cable entry M20 x 1.5 (8...12 mm)– Threads for cable entries PG 13.5 (5...15 mm), 1/2" NPT, G 1/2"

Connecting cable for remote version:– Cable entry M20 x 1.5 (8...12 mm)– Threads for cable entries PG 13.5 (5...15 mm), 1/2" NPT, G 1/2"

Cable specifications PROFIBUS-DP → Page 47PROFIBUS-PA → Page 50Remote Version → Page 56

Supply voltage 85...260 V AC, 45...65 Hz20...55 V AC, 45...65 Hz16...62 V DC

Power consumption AC: <15 VA (including sensor)DC: <15 W (including sensor)

Switch-on current– max. 13.5 A (< 50 ms) at 24 V DC– max. 3 A (< 5 ms) at 260 V AC

Power supply failure Lasting min. 1 power cycle• EEPROM or T-DAT saves measuring system data if power supply fails• S-DAT: exchangeable data storage chip which stores the data of the sen-

sor: nominal diameter, serial number, calibration factor, zero point, etc.

Performance characteristics

Reference operating conditions

To DIN 19200 and VDI/VDE 2641:• Fluid temperature: +28 °C ± 2 K• Ambient temperature: +22 °C ± 2 K• Warm-up time: 30 minutes

Installation:• Inlet run >10 x DN• Outlet run > 5 x DN• Sensor and transmitter grounded.• Sensor centered relative to the pipe.


Endress+Hauser 143

Maximum measured error

± 0.2% o.r. ± 2 mm/s (o.r. = of reading)Supply-voltage fluctuations have no effect within the specified range.

Max. measured error in [%] of reading

Repeatability ± 0.1% o.r. ± 0.5 mm/s (o.r. = of reading)

Operating conditions

Installation

Installation instructions Any orientation (vertical, horizontal)Restrictions and additional installation instructions → Page 15 ff.

Inlet and outlet runs Inlet run: typically ≥ 5 x DNOutlet run: typically ≥ 2 x DN

Length of connecting cable

Permissible cable length Lmax depends on the fluid conductivity. A minimum conductivity of 20 µS/cm is required for measuring demineralised water.

Environment

Ambient temperature Standard: –20…+60 °C (sensor, transmitter)Optional: –40...+60 °C (transmitter)

Note the following points:• Install the device at a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in

warm climatic regions.• If both fluid and ambient temperatures are high, install the transmitter at a

remote location from the sensor (→ “Fluid temperature range”).• At ambient temperatures below –20 °C the readability of the display may

be impaired.

Storage temperature –10...+50 °C (preferably +20 °C)

• The measuring device must be protected against direct sunlight during storage in order to avoid unacceptably high surface temperatures.

• Choose a storage location where moisture does not collect in the measur-ing device. This will help prevent fungus and bacteria infestation which can damage the liner.

• Do not remove the protective plates or caps on the process connections until the device is ready to install (only Promag P, H). This is particularly important in the case of sensors with PTFE linings (only Promag P).

Degree of protection • Standard: IP 67 (NEMA 4X) for transmitter and sensor• Optional: IP 68 (NEMA 6P) for remote version of Promag W and P sensor

Resistance to vibrations and shock

Acceleration up to 2 g in accordance with IEC 68-2-6(High-temperature version: no corresponding information available)

F06-

53xx

xxxx

xx-0

5-xx

-xx-

xx-0

01


144 Endress+Hauser

CIP cleaning Promag W: not possiblePromag P, H: possible (note max. temperature)

SIP cleaning Promag W: not possiblePromag P: possible with PFA (note max. temperature)Promag H: possible (note max. temperature)

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

To EN 61326/A1 and NAMUR recommendations NE 21

Process

Medium temperature range

The permissible fluid temperature depends on the lining of the measuring tube:

Promag W0...+80 °C in the case of hard rubber (DN 65...2000)–20...+50 °C in the case of polyurethane (DN 25...1000)

Promag P–40...+130 °C in the case of PTFE (DN 15...600), limits → diagram–20...+180 °C in the case of PFA (DN 25...200), limits → diagram

Compact version of Promag P (PFA or PTFE lining):TA = ambient temperature, TF = fluid temperature HT = high-temperature version, with insulation

Remote version of Promag P (PFA or PTFE lining):TA = ambient temperature, TF = fluid temperature HT = high-temperature version, with insulation

0

0

-20-40 20

20

40

60

TA [°C]

40 60 80

TF [°C]

100 120 140 160 180

HT

PTF

E

PTF

E

PFA

PFA

F06-

5xP

xxxx

x-05

-xx-

xx-x

x-00

0

0

0

-20-40 20

20

40

60

TA [°C]

40 60 80

TF [°C]

100 120 140 160 180

HT

PTF

E

PTF

E

PFA

PFA

F06-

xxP

xxxx

x-05

-xx-

xx-x

x-00

0


Endress+Hauser 145

Promag HSensor:• DN 2...100: –20...+150 °C

Seal:• EPDM: –20...+130 °C• Silicone: –20...+150 °C• Viton: –20...+150 °C• Kalrez: –20...+150 °C

Conductivity Minimum conductivity:• ≥ 5 µS/cm for fluids generally• ≥ 20 µS/cm for demineralised water

Note that in the case of the remote version, the requisite conductivity is also influenced by the length of the connecting cable → Page 143

Fluid pressure range(Nominal pressure)

Promag W:• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): PN 6 (DN 1200...2000), PN 10 (DN 200...2000),

PN 16 (DN 65...2000), PN 25 (DN 200...1000), PN 40 (DN 25...150)• ANSI B16.5: Class 150 (1...24"), Class 300 (1...6")• AWWA: Class D (28...78")• JIS B2238: 10K (DN 50...300), 20K (DN 25...300)• AS 2129, Table E

Promag P:• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): PN 10 (DN 200...600), PN 16 (DN 65...600),

PN 25 (DN 200...600), PN 40 (DN 15...150)• ANSI B16.5: Class 150 (1/2...24"), Class 300 (1/2...6")• JIS B2238: 10K (DN 50...300), 20K (DN 25...300)• AS 2129, Table E

Promag H:The permissible nominal pressure depends on the process connection and seal:• 40 bar: flange, weld nipple (with O-ring-seal)• 16 bar: all other process connections

Resistance to partial vacuum of measuring tube lining

see Page 152

Limiting flow see Page 20

Pressure loss • No pressure loss if the sensor is installed in a pipe of the same nominal diameter (Promag H: only DN 8 and larger).

• Pressure losses for configurations incorporating adapters acc. to (E) DIN EN 545 → Page 20

Mechanical construction

Design / dimensions see Page 155 ff.

Weight see Page 153 ff.


146 Endress+Hauser

Materials Promag WTransmitter housing:• Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum • Wall-mounted housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminium

Sensor housing:• DN 25...300: powder-coated die-cast aluminium• DN 350...2000: painted steel (Amerlock 400)

Measuring pipe:• DN < 350: stainless steel1.4301 or 1.4306 (304L); for non-stainless flange

material: with Al/Zn protective coating• DN > 300: stainless steel 1.4301 (304); for non-stainless flange material:

Amerlock 400 lacquer

Flanges:• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): stainless steel 1.4571; S235JRG2 / RSt 37-2

(DN < 350: with Al/Zn protective coating; DN > 300 with Amerlock 400 lac-quer

• ANSI: A105; 316L (DN < 350 with Al/Zn protective coatiing, DN > 300 with Amerlock 400 lacquer)

• AWWA: A36• JIS: S20C, SUS 316L (DN < 350 with Al/Zn protective coating, DN > 300

with Amerlock 400 lacquer)• AS 2129 Table E: A105; S235JRG2 / RSt 37-2

Ground disks (option): 1.4435/316L, Alloy C-22

Electrodes: • Standard: 1.4435• Option: Alloy C-22, tantalum

Seals: seals in acc. with DIN EN 1514-1 (DIN 2690)

Promag P

Transmitter housing:• Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum• Wall-mounted housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminium

Sensor housing:• DN 15...300: powder-coated die-cast aluminium• DN 350...600: painted steel

Measuring pipe:• DN < 350: stainless steel1.4301 or 1.4306 (304L); for non-stainless flange

material: with Al/Zn protective coating• DN > 300: staininless steel 1.4301 (304); for non-stainless flange material:

Amerlock 400 lacquer

Flanges:• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): stainless steel 1.4571; S235JRG2 / RSt 37-2

(DN < 350: with Al/Zn protective coating; DN > 300 with Amerlock 400 lac-quer

• ANSI: A105; 316L (DN < 350 with Al/Zn protective coatiing, DN > 300 with Amerlock 400 lacquer)

• JIS: S20C, SUS 316L (DN < 350 with Al/Zn protective coating, DN > 300 with Amerlock 400 lacquer)

• AS 2129 Table E: A105; S235JRG2 / RSt 37-2

Ground disks (option): 1.4435/316L, Alloy C-22

Electrodes: • Standard: 1.4435• Option: Alloy C-22, tantalum, platinum/rhodium 80/20

Seals: seals in acc. with DIN EN 1514-1 (DIN 2690)


Endress+Hauser 147

Promag H

Transmitter housing:• Compact housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminum or stainless-steel

field housing (1.4301 / 316L)• Wall-mounted housing: powder-coated die-cast aluminium

Sensor housing: 1.4301Wall assembly set: 1.4301Measuring pipe: stainless steel 1.4301 or 1.4306 (304L)

Flanges:• All connections 1.4404 / 316L • Flanges (EN (DIN), ANSI, JIS) also available in PVDF• Adhesive fitting made of PVC

Ground rings (Option): 1.4435 (316L), tantalum, Alloy C-22

Electrodes:• Standard: 1.4435• Optional: Alloy C-22, tantalum, platinum/rhodium 80/20 (only to DN 25)

Seals:• DN 2...25: O-ring (EPDM, Viton, Kalrez) or gasket seal (EPDM, silicone,

Viton)• DN 40...100: gasket seal (EPDM, silicone)

Material load diagram The material load diagrams (pressure-temperature graphs) for the process connections are to be found in the following documents:– Technical Information “Promag 50/53 W” (TI 046D/06/en)– Technical Information “Promag 50/53 P” (TI 047D/06/en)– Technical Information “Promag 50/53 H” (TI 048D/06/en)

Fitted electrodes Promag W:Measuring, reference and EPD electrodes– Standard available with 1.4435, Alloy C-22, tantalum– Optional: exchangeable measuring electrodes made of

1.4435 (DN 350...2000)

Promag P:Measuring, reference and EPD electrodes– Standard available with 1.4435, Alloy C-22, tantalum– Optional: reference electrode and EPD electrodes made of

platinum/rhodium 80/20

Promag H:Measuring electrodes and EPD electrodes– Standard available with 1.4435, Alloy C-22, tantalum,

platinum/rhodium 80/20– DN 2...4: without EPD electrode

Process connections Promag W:Flange connection: EN 1092-1 compliant (dimensions acc. to DIN 2501; DN 65 PN 16 and DN 600 PN 16 exclusively to EN 1092-1), ANSI, AWWA, JIS, AS 2129

Promag P:Flange connection: EN 1092-1 compliant (dimensions acc. to DIN 2501; DN 65 PN 16 and DN 600 PN 16 exclusively to EN 1092-1), ANSI, JIS, AS 2129

Promag H:– With O-ring: weld nipples (DIN EN ISO 1127, ODT / SMS), flanges (EN

(DIN), ANSI, JIS), PVDF flanges (DIN, ANSI, JIS), external pipe thread, internal pipe thread, hose connection, PVC adhesive fittings

– With gasket seals: weld nipples (DIN 11850, ODT / SMS), clamps (ODT, ISO 2852, DIN 32676), threaded fasteners (DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, ISO 2853, SMS1145), flanges (DIN 11864-2)


148 Endress+Hauser

Surface roughness • Measuring tube lined with PFA (Promag P, H): ≤ 0.4 µm• Electrodes:

– 1.4435, Alloy C-22, Tantal: 0.3...0.5 µm– Platin/Rhodium (Promag P, H): 0.3...0.5 µm

• Process connection Promag H: ≤ 0.8 µm

(all details refer to parts which come into contact with the fluid)

Human interface

Display elements • Liquid-crystal display: illuminated, four lines with 16 characters per line• Custom configurations for presenting different measured value and status

variables• 3 totalizers

Operating elements • Local operation with three optical keys (–, +, E)• Application specific Quick Setup menus for straightforward commission-

ing

Language group Language groups for operation in different countries:• Western Europe and America:

English, German, Spanish, Italian, French, Dutch and Portuguese• Northern/eastern Europe:

English, Russian, Polish, Norwegian, Finnish, Swedish and Czech• Southern/eastern Asia:

English, Japanese and Indonesian

Remote operation Operation via PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

Certificates and approvals

Ex Approvals Information presently available in Ex versions (ATEX, FM, CSA) can be sup-plied by your E+H Sales Centre on request. All information relevant to explo-sion protection is available in separate Ex documents that you can order as necessary.

Sanitary compatibility Promag W:No applicable approvals or certification

Promag P:No applicable approvals or certification

Promag H:• 3A authorization and EHEDG-tested• Seals in conformity with FDA (except Kalrez seals)

CE mark The measuring system is in conformity with the statutory requirements of the EC Directives. Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.

Pressure Equipment Directive

Measuring devices with a nominal diameter smaller than or equal to DN 25 correspond to Article 3(3) of the EC Directive 97/23/EC (Pressure Equipment Directive) and have been designed and manufactured according to good engineering practice. Where necessary (depending on the medium and process pressure), there are additional optional approvals to Category II/III for larger nominal diameters.

Certification PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

The Promag 53 flowmeter has passed all the test procedures implemented and has been certified and registered by the PROFIBUS User Organisation. The flowmeter thus meets all the requirements of the specifications listed below:• Certified in acc. with PROFIBUS

Device Certification Number: upon request• The device meets all PROFIBUS PROFILE Version 3.0 specifications.• The device may also be operated using certified devices from other manu-

facturers (interoperability).


Endress+Hauser 149

Other standards andguidelines

EN 60529:Degrees of protection by housing (IP code)

EN 61010:Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation and Laboratory Procedures.

EN 61326/A1 (IEC 1326):Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC requirements)

NAMUR NE 21:Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control equipment.

NAMUR NE 43:Standardisation of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitters with analogue output signal.

PROFIBUS-PA:PROFIBUS Volume 2, Profile 3.0

Ordering information

The E+H service organisation can provide detailed ordering information and information on specific order codes on request.

Accessories

Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from E+H, are availa-ble for the transmitter and the sensor (see Page 119). The E+H service organisation can provide detailed information on the order codes of your choice.

Supplementary documentation

• System Information Promag (SI 028D/06/en)• Technical Information Promag 50/53 W (TI 046D/06/en)• Technical Information Promag 50/53 P (TI 047D/06/en)• Technical Information Promag 50/53 H (TI 048D/06/en)• Description of Device Functions Promag 53 (BA054D/06/en)• Supplementary documentation on Ex-ratings: ATEX, FM, CSA, etc.


150 Endress+Hauser

10.2 Measuring tube specifications


Pressure rating Inside diameter ofmeasuring tube

[mm] [inch]EN (DIN)

[bar]ANSI[lbs]

AWWA JIS AS Hard rubber Poly-urethane

25 1" PN 40 Cl 150 − 20K − − 24

32 − PN 40 − − 20K − − 32

40 1 1/2" PN 40 Cl 150 − 20K − − 38

50 2" PN 40 Cl 150 − 10K − − 50

65 − PN 16 − − 10K − 66 66

80 3" PN 16 Cl 150 − 10K Table E 79 79

100 4" PN 16 Cl 150 − 10K Table E 102 102

125 − PN 16 − − 10K − 127 127

150 6" PN 16 Cl 150 − 10K Table E 156 156

200 8" PN 10 Cl 150 − 10K Table E 204 204

250 10" PN 10 Cl 150 − 10K Table E 258 258

300 12" PN 10 Cl 150 − 10K Table E 309 309

350 14" PN 10 Cl 150 − − Table E 342 342

400 16" PN 10 Cl 150 − − Table E 392 392

450 18" PN 10 Cl 150 − − − 437 437

500 20" PN 10 Cl 150 − − Table E 492 492

600 24" PN 10 Cl 150 − − Table E 594 594

700 28" PN 10 − Class D − − 692 692

− 30" − − Class D − − 742 742

800 32" PN 10 − Class D − − 794 794

900 36" PN 10 − Class D − − 891 891

1000 40" PN 10 − Class D − − 994 994

− 42" − − Class D − − 1043 1043

1200 48" PN 6 − Class D − − 1197 1197

− 54" − − Class D − − 1339 1339

1400 − PN 6 − − − − 1402 1402

− 60" − − Class D − − 1492 1492

1600 − PN 6 − − − − 1600 1600

− 66" − − Class D − − 1638 1638

1800 72" PN 6 − Class D − − 1786 1786

2000 78" PN 6 − Class D − − 1989 1989


Endress+Hauser 151


Pressure rating Inside diameter ofmeasuring tube

[mm] [inch]EN (DIN)

[bar]ANSI[lbs]

JIS AS with PFA[mm]

with PTFE[mm]

15 1/2" PN 40 Cl 150 20K − − 15

25 1" PN 40 Cl 150 20K Table E 23 26

32 − PN 40 − 20K − 32 35

40 1 1/2" PN 40 Cl 150 20K − 36 41

50 2" PN 40 Cl 150 10K Table E 48 52

65 − PN 16 − 10K − 63 67

80 3" PN 16 Cl 150 10K − 75 80

100 4" PN 16 Cl 150 10K − 101 104

125 − PN 16 − 10K − 126 129

150 6" PN 16 Cl 150 10K − 154 156

200 8" PN 10 Cl 150 10K − 201 202

250 10" PN 10 Cl 150 10K − − 256

300 12" PN 10 Cl 150 10K − − 306

350 14" PN 10 Cl 150 − − − 337

400 16" PN 10 Cl 150 − − − 387

450 18" PN 10 Cl 150 − − − 432

500 20" PN 10 Cl 150 − − − 487

600 24" PN 10 Cl 150 − − − 593

Promag HNominal diameter

Pressure ratings * Inside diameter ofmeasuring tube **

[mm] [inch] [bar] PFA

2 1/12" PN 16 / PN 40 2.25

4 5/32" PN 16 / PN 40 4.5

8 5/16" PN 16 / PN 40 9.0

15 1/2" PN 16 / PN 40 16.0

– 1" PN 16 / PN 40 22.6

25 – PN 16 / PN 40 26.0

40 1 1/2" PN 16 / PN 40 35.3

50 2" PN 16 / PN 40 48.1

65 2 1/2" PN 16 / PN 40 59.9

80 3" PN 16 / PN 40 72.6

100 4" PN 16 / PN 40 97.5

* The pressure rating depends on the process connections and the seals (see Page 170).** Inside diameters of process connections → see Page 170 ff.


152 Endress+Hauser

10.3 Resistance to partial vacuum of measuring tube lining


Measuring tube lining

Resistance to partial vacuum of measuring tube liningLimit values for abs. pressure [mbar] at various fluid temperatures

[mm] [inch] 25 °C 70 °C 80° C 100 °C 130 °C 150 °C 180 °C

25...2000 1...78" Polyurethane 0 0 − − − − −

65...2000 3...78" Hard rubber 0 0 0 − − − −




[mm] [inch] 25 °C 80° C 100 °C 130 °C 150 °C 180 °C

15 1/2" PTFE 0 0 0 100 − −

25 1" PTFE / PFA 0 / 0 0 / 0 0 / 0 100 / 0 − / 0 − / 0

32 − PTFE / PFA 0 / 0 0 / 0 0 / 0 100 / 0 − / 0 − / 0

40 1 1/2" PTFE / PFA 0 / 0 0 / 0 0 / 0 100 / 0 − / 0 − / 0

50 2" PTFE / PFA 0 / 0 0 / 0 0 / 0 100 / 0 − / 0 − / 0

65 − PTFE / PFA 0 / 0 * 40 / 0 130 / 0 − / 0 − / 0

80 3" PTFE / PFA 0 / 0 * 40 / 0 130 / 0 − / 0 − / 0

100 4" PTFE / PFA 0 / 0 * 135 / 0 170 / 0 − / 0 − / 0

125 − PTFE / PFA 135 / 0 * 240 / 0 385 / 0 − / 0 − / 0

150 6" PTFE / PFA 135 / 0 * 240 / 0 385 / 0 − / 0 − / 0

200 8" PTFE / PFA 200 / 0 * 290 / 0 410 / 0 − / 0 − / 0

250 10" PTFE 330 * 400 530 − −

300 12" PTFE 400 * 500 630 − −

350 14" PTFE 470 * 600 730 − −

400 16" PTFE 540 * 670 800 − −

450 18" PTFE

Partial vacuum is impermissible500 20" PTFE

600 24" PTFE

* No value can be quoted.

Promag HNominal diameter



[mm] [inch] 25 °C 80° C 100 °C 130 °C 150 °C 180 °C

2...100 1/12...4" PFA 0 0 0 0 0 0


Endress+Hauser 153

10.4 Weight details

Weight data of Promag W in kg

Nominal diameter

Compact version Remote versin (without cable)

Sensor Wall housing

[mm] [inch] EN (DIN) /AS*

JIS ANSI/AWWA EN (DIN) / AS*

JIS ANSI/AWWA

25 1"

PN

40

7.3

10K

7.3

Cla

ss 1

50

7.3

PN

40

5.3

10K

5.3

Cla

ss 1

50

5.3 6.0

32 1 1/4" 8.0 7.3 – 6.0 5.3 – 6.0

40 1 1/2" 9.4 8.3 9.4 7.4 6.3 7.4 6.0

50 2" 10.6 9.3 10.6 8.6 7.3 8.6 6.0

65 2 1/2"

PN

16

12.0 11.1 –

PN

16

10.0 9.1 – 6.0

80 3" 14.0 12.5 14.0 12.0 10.5 12.0 6.0

100 4" 16.0 14.7 16.0 14.0 12.7 14.0 6.0

125 5" 21.5 21.0 – 19.5 19.0 – 6.0

150 6" 25.5 24.5 25.5 23.5 22.5 23.5 6.0

200 8"

PN

10

45 41.9 45

PN

10

43 39.9 43 6.0

250 10" 65 69.4 75 63 67.4 73 6.0

300 12" 70 72.3 110 68 70.3 108 6.0

350 14" 115 175 113 173 6.0

400 16" 135 205 133 203 6.0

450 18" 175 255 173 253 6.0

500 20" 175 285 173 283 6.0

600 24" 235 405 233 403 6.0

700 28" 355

Cla

ss D

400 353C

lass

D398 6.0

– 30" – 460 – 458 6.0

800 32" 435 550 433 548 6.0

900 36" 575 800 573 798 6.0

1000 40" 700 900 698 898 6.0

– 42"

PN

6

– 1100

PN

6

– 1098 6.0

1200 48" 850 1400 848 1398 6.0

– 54" – 2200 – 2198 6.0

1400 – 1300 – 1298 – 6.0

– 60" – 2700 – 2698 6.0

1600 – 1700 – 1698 – 6.0

– 66" – 3700 – 3698 6.0

1800 72" 2200 4100 2198 4098 6.0

– 78" – 4600 – 4598 6.0

2000 – 2800 – 2798 – 6.0

Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)* only DN 80, 100, 150 - 400, 500 and 600


154 Endress+Hauser

Weight data of Promag P in kg

Nominal diameter

Compact version Remote version (without cable)

Sensor Wall housing

[mm] [inch] EN (DIN) /AS*

JIS ANSI EN (DIN) /AS*

JIS ANSI

15 1/2"

PN

40

6.5

10K

6.5

Cla

ss 1

50

6.5

PN

40

4.5

10K

4.5

Cla

ss 1

50

4.5 6.0

25 1" 7.3 7.3 7.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 6.0

32 1 1/4" 8.0 7.3 – 6.0 5.3 – 6.0

40 1 1/2" 9.4 8.3 9.4 7.4 6.3 7.4 6.0

50 2" 10.6 9.3 10.6 8.6 7.3 8.6 6.0

65 2 1/2"

PN

16

12.0 11.1 –

PN

16

10.0 9.1 – 6.0

80 3" 14.0 12.5 14.0 12.0 10.5 12.0 6.0

100 4" 16.0 14.7 16.0 14.0 12.7 14.0 6.0

125 5" 21.5 21.0 – 19.5 19.0 – 6.0

150 6" 25.5 24.5 25.5 23.5 22.5 23.5 6.0

200 8"

PN

10

45 41.9 45

PN

10

43 39.9 43 6.0

250 10" 65 69.4 75 63 67.4 73 6.0

300 12" 70 72.3 110 68 70.3 108 6.0

350 14" 115 175 113 173 6.0

400 16" 135 205 133 203 6.0

450 18" 175 255 173 253 6.0

500 20" 175 285 173 283 6.0

600 24" 235 405 233 403 6.0

Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kgHigh-temperature version: +1.5 kg(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)* only DN 25 and 50

Weight data of Promag H in kg

Nominaldiameter

Compact version Remote version (without cable)

[mm] [inch] DIN Sensor Wall housing

2 1/12" 5.2 2.5 6.0

4 5/32" 5.2 2.5 6.0

8 5/16" 5.3 2.5 6.0

15 1/2" 5.4 2.6 6.0

25 1" 5.5 2.8 6.0

40 1 1/2" 6.5 4.5 6.0

50 2" 9.0 7.0 6.0

65 2 1/2" 9.5 7.5 6.0

80 3" 19.0 17.0 6.0

100 4" 18.5 16.5 6.0

Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)


Endress+Hauser 155

10.5 Dimensions of wall-mount housing

Dimensions: Wall-mount housing (non hazardous area and II3G / zone 2)

Fig. 59: Dimensions of wall-mounted housing (control panel mounting and pipe mounting → Page 45)

Dimensions: Remote field housing (II2G / zone 1)

Abb. 60: Dimensions of remote field housing (II2G / zone 1)

Esc

E- + 159.

590

.5

250

90

215

> 50 53 8181

135

45

192 11.511.5

102

9553

81.5

8 x

M5

F-x3

xxxx

xx-0

6-03

-xx-

xx-0

00

100

217240

242265

Ø8.

6(M

8)

100

186

189

123

133 18

8

355

167

Esc

E- +

Nicht unter Spannungöffnen

Kee

pc

ove

rtig

htw

hile

circ

uits

are

alive

Nepasouvrirl’appareil soustension

Kee

pc

ove

rtig

htw

hile

circ

uits

are

aliv

e

Nicht-eigensichereStromkreise durch

IP40-Abdeckung geschützt

Non-intrinsically safecircuits Ip40 protected

Boucles de courantsans sécurité intrinsèque

protégées par Ip40

F06-

x3xx

xxZ

Z-0

6-03

-xx-

xx-0

07


156 Endress+Hauser

10.6 Dimensions Promag 53 W

Promag W / DN ≤ 300 (compact version)

Fig. 61: Dimensions Promag W / DN ≤ 300 (compact version)

DN L A B C K E

EN (DIN) / JIS / AS*[mm]

ANSI[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

25 1" 200 341 257 84 120 94

32 − 200 341 257 84 120 94

40 1 1/2" 200 341 257 84 120 94

50 2" 200 341 257 84 120 94

65 − 200 391 282 109 180 94

80 3" 200 391 282 109 180 94

100 4" 250 391 282 109 180 94

125 − 250 472 322 150 260 140

150 6" 300 472 322 150 260 140

200 8" 350 527 347 180 324 156

250 10" 450 577 372 205 400 156

300 12" 500 627 397 230 460 166

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating.* only DN 80, 100 and 150 - 300

F06-

53Fx

xxxx

-06-

00-x

x-xx

-000


Endress+Hauser 157

Promag W / DN ≤ 300 (remote version)

Fig. 62: Dimensions Promag W / DN ≤ 300 (remote version)Dimensions of wall-mount housing → see Page 155

DN L A B C K E



25 1" 200 286 202 84 120 94

32 − 200 286 202 84 120 94

40 1 1/2" 200 286 202 84 120 94

50 2" 200 286 202 84 120 94

65 − 200 336 227 109 180 94

80 3" 200 336 227 109 180 94

100 4" 250 336 227 109 180 94

125 − 250 417 267 150 260 140

150 6" 300 417 267 150 260 140

200 8" 350 472 292 180 324 156

250 10" 450 522 317 205 400 156

300 12" 500 572 342 230 460 166

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating.* only DN 80, 100 and 150 - 300

F06-

xxFx

xxxx

-06-

05-x

x-xx

-000


158 Endress+Hauser

Promag W / DN ≥ 350 (compact version)

Fig. 63: Dimensions Promag W / DN ≥ 350 (compact version)

DN L A B C K E

EN (DIN) / AS*[mm]


350 14" 550 738.5 456.5 282.0 564 276

400 16" 600 790.5 482.5 308.0 616 276

450 18" 650 840.5 507.5 333.0 666 292

500 20" 650 891.5 533.0 358.5 717 292

600 24" 780 995.5 585.0 410.5 821 402

700 28" 910 1198.5 686.5 512.0 1024 589

750 30" 975 1198.5 686.5 512.0 1024 626

800 32" 1040 1241.5 708.0 533.5 1067 647

900 36" 1170 1394.5 784.5 610.0 1220 785

1000 40" 1300 1546.5 860.5 686.0 1372 862

1050 42" 1365 1598.5 886.5 712.0 1424 912

1200 48" 1560 1796.5 985.5 811.0 1622 992

1350 54" 1755 1998.5 1086.5 912.0 1824 1252

1400 56" 1820 2148.5 1161.5 987.0 1974 1252

1500 60" 1950 2196.5 1185.5 1011.0 2022 1392

1600 64" 2080 2286.5 1230.5 1056.0 2112 1482

1650 66" 2145 2360.5 1267.5 1093.0 2186 1482

1800 72" 2340 2550.5 1362.5 1188.0 2376 1632

2000 78" 2600 2650.5 1412.5 1238.0 2476 1732

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating.* not DN 450 and ≥ DN 700

L

E

A

CB

227 187

207 168

160

K

Esc

E- +

F06-

53Fx

xxxx

-06-

00-x

x-xx

-001


Endress+Hauser 159

Promag W / DN ≥ 350 (remote version)

Fig. 64: Dimensions Promag W / DN ≥ 350 (remote version)Dimensions of wall-mount housing → see Page 155

DN L A B C K E

EN (DIN) / AS*[mm]


350 14" 550 683.5 401.5 282.0 564 276

400 16" 600 735.5 427.5 308.0 616 276

450 18" 650 785.5 452.5 333.0 666 292

500 20" 650 836.5 478.0 358.5 717 292

600 24" 780 940.5 530.0 410.5 821 402

700 28" 910 1143.5 631.5 512.0 1024 589

750 30" 975 1143.5 631.5 512.0 1024 626

800 32" 1040 1186.5 653.0 533.5 1067 647

900 36" 1170 1339.5 729.5 610.0 1220 785

1000 40" 1300 1491.5 805.5 686.0 1372 862

1050 42" 1365 1543.5 831.5 712.0 1424 912

1200 48" 1560 1741.5 930.5 811.0 1622 992

1350 54" 1755 1943.5 1031.5 912.0 1824 1252

1400 56" 1820 2093.5 1106.5 987.0 1974 1252

1500 60" 1950 2141.5 1130.5 1011.0 2022 1392

1600 64" 2080 2231.5 1175.5 1056.0 2112 1482

1650 66" 2145 2305.5 1212.5 1093.0 2186 1482

1800 72" 2340 2495.5 1307.5 1188.0 2376 1632

2000 78" 2600 2595.5 1357.5 1238.0 2476 1732

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating.* not DN 450 and ≥ DN 700

129

A

CB

102

163

143

KL

E

F06-

xxFx

xxxx

-06-

05-x

x-xx

-001


160 Endress+Hauser

10.7 Dimensions Promag 53 P

Promag P / DN ≤ 300 (compact version)

Fig. 65: Dimensions Promag P / DN ≤ 300 (compact version)

DN L A B C K E



15 1/2" 200 341 257 84 120 94

25 1" 200 341 257 84 120 94

32 − 200 341 257 84 120 94

40 1 1/2" 200 341 257 84 120 94

50 2" 200 341 257 84 120 94

65 − 200 391 282 109 180 94

80 3" 200 391 282 109 180 94

100 4" 250 391 282 109 180 94

125 − 250 472 322 150 260 140

150 6" 300 472 322 150 260 140

200 8" 350 527 347 180 324 156

250 10" 450 577 372 205 400 156

300 12" 500 627 397 230 460 166

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating.* only DN 25 and 50

F06-

53Fx

xxxx

-06-

00-x

x-xx

-000


Endress+Hauser 161

Promag P / DN ≤ 300 (remote version)

Fig. 66: Dimensions Promag P / DN ≤ 300 (remote version)Dimensions of wall-mount housing → see Page 155

DN L A B C K E

EN (DIN) / JIS / AS*

[mm]


15 1/2" 200 286 202 84 120 94

25 1" 200 286 202 84 120 94

32 − 200 286 202 84 120 94

40 1 1/2" 200 286 202 84 120 94

50 2" 200 286 202 84 120 94

65 − 200 336 227 109 180 94

80 3" 200 336 227 109 180 94

100 4" 250 336 227 109 180 94

125 − 250 417 267 150 260 140

150 6" 300 417 267 150 260 140

200 8" 350 472 292 180 324 156

250 10" 450 522 317 205 400 156

300 12" 500 572 342 230 460 166

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating.* only DN 25 and 50

F06-

xxFx

xxxx

-06-

05-x

x-xx

-000


162 Endress+Hauser

Promag P / DN ≤ 300 / high-temperature version (compact version)

Fig. 67: Dimensions of high-temperature version (Promag P, DN ≤ 300, compact)Dimensions A1, B1 = A, B of standard version plus 110 mm

Promag P / DN ≤ 300 / high-temperature version (remote version)

Fig. 68: Dimensions of high-temperature version (Promag P, DN ≤ 300, remote)Dimensions A1, B1 = A, B of standard version plus 110 mm

A1

B1

110

F06-

5xP

xxxx

x-06

-00-

00-x

x-00

0

A1

B1

110

F06-

xxP

xxxx

x-06

-05-

00-x

x-00

0


Endress+Hauser 163

Promag P / DN ≥ 350 (compact version)

Fig. 69: Dimensions Promag P / DN ≥ 350 (compact version)

DN L A B C K E

EN (DIN)[mm]


350 14" 550 738.5 456.5 282.0 564 276

400 16" 600 790.5 482.5 308.0 616 276

450 18" 650 840.5 507.5 333.0 666 292

500 20" 650 891.5 533.0 358.5 717 292

600 24" 780 995.5 585.0 410.5 821 402

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating.

L

E

A

CB

227 187

207 168

160

K

Esc

E- +

F06-

53Fx

xxxx

-06-

00-x

x-xx

-001


164 Endress+Hauser

Promag P / DN ≥ 350 (remote version)

Fig. 70: Dimensions Promag P / DN ≥ 350 (remote version)Dimensions of wall-mount housing → see Page 155

DN L A B C K E

EN (DIN)[mm]


350 14" 550 683.5 401.5 282.0 564 276

400 16" 600 735.5 427.5 308.0 616 276

450 18" 650 785.5 452.5 333.0 666 292

500 20" 650 836.5 478.0 358.5 717 292

600 24" 780 940.5 530.0 410.5 821 402

The fitting length (L) is always the same, regardless of the pressure rating.

129

A

CB

102

163

143

KL

E

F06-

xxFx

xxxx

-06-

05-x

x-xx

-001


Endress+Hauser 165

10.8 Dimensions of ground disks (Promag W, P)

Fig. 71: Dimensions of ground disks (Promag W (DN 25...300), Promag P (DN 15...300))

DN 1) di B D H

EN (DIN) / JIS / AS 4) [mm]

ANSI[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

15 (only Promag P)

1/2" 19 43 61.5 73

25 1" 30 62 77.5 87.5

32 − 38.5 80 87.5 94.5

40 1 1/2" 44.5 82 101 103

50 2" 56.5 101 115.5 108

65 − 72.5 121 131.5 118

80 3" 85 131 154.5 135

100 4" 110 156 186.5 153

125 − 135 187 206.5 160

150 6" 163 217 256 184

200 8" 210.5 267 288 205

250 10" 265 328 359 240

300 2) 12" 2) 317 375 413 273

300 3) 12" 3) 317 375 404 268

1) Ground disks can, with the exception of DN 300, be used for all flange norms / pressure ratings.2) PN 10/16, Class 1503) PN 25, JIS 10K/20K4) not DN 15, 32, 40, 65 and 125

15

10

H

Ø B

Ø di

Ø D

Ø 6.5

2

F06-

xxxx

xxxx

-06-

09-0

0-xx

-001


166 Endress+Hauser

10.9 Dimensions Promag 53 H

Promag H / DN 2…25 (compact version)

Fig. 72: Dimensions Promag H / DN 2…25 (compact version, aluminum field housing)

Fig. 73: Dimensions Promag H / DN 2…25 (compact version, stainless-steel field housing)

DN PN ** DI L K M

[mm] [inch] [bar] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2 − 16/40 2.25 86 43 M 6x4

4 − 16/40 4.5 86 43 M 6x4

8 − 16/40 9.0 86 43 M 6x4

15 − 16/40 16.0 86 43 M 6x4

– 1" 16/40 22.6 86 53 M 6x4

25 − 16/40 26.0 86 53 M 6x4

Fitting length depends on process connections → Page 171 ff.

** The permissible nominal pressure depends on the process connection and seal:– 40 bar: flange EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), welded nipples for DIN EN ISO 1127 pipes and ODT

(with O-ring seal)– 16 bar: all other process connections

F06-

53H

xxxx

x-06

-00-

xx-x

x-00

1

220

K

DI

L

153

171

328

6526

3

M

Esc

E- +

F06-

53H

xxxx

x-06

-00-

xx-x

x-00

2


Endress+Hauser 167

Promag H / DN 2…25 (remote version)

Fig. 74: Dimensions Promag H / DN 2…25 (remote version)Dimensions of wall-mount housing → see Page 155

Wall mounting set for Promag H / DN 2…25

Fig. 75: Wall mounting set for Promag H / DN 2…25A = 125 mm, B = 88 mm, C = 120 mm, D = Ø 7 mm

DN PN * DI L A B C K M

[mm] [inch] [bar] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2 − 16/40 2.25 86 213 148 65 43 M 6x4

4 − 16/40 4.5 86 213 148 65 43 M 6x4

8 − 16/40 9.0 86 213 148 65 43 M 6x4

15 − 16/40 16.0 86 213 148 65 43 M 6x4

– 1" 16/40 22.6 86 213 148 65 53 M 6x4

25 − 16/40 26.0 86 213 148 65 53 M 6x4

Fitting length depends on process connections → Page 171 ff.Dimensions wall-mounted housing → Page 155

* The permissible nominal pressure depends on the process connection and seal:– 40 bar: flange EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), welded nipples for DIN EN ISO 1127 pipes and ODT

(with O-ring seal)– 16 bar: all other process connections

L

A

CB

K

DI

M

125

75

70

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-05-

xx-x

x-00

1

A

B

D

C140

110

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-07-

06-x

x-00

0


168 Endress+Hauser

Promag H / DN 40…100 (compact version)

Fig. 76: Dimensions Promag H / DN 40…100 (compact version, aluminum field housing)

Fig. 77: Dimensions Promag H / DN 40…100 (compact version, stainless-steel field housing)

DN PN DI L A * B * C K M

[mm] [inch] [bar] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] mm]

40 1 1/2" 16 35.3 140 319 (330) 255 (266) 64 128 M 6x4

50 2" 16 48.1 140 344 (355) 267 (278) 77 153 M 8x4

65 2 1/2" 16 59.9 140 344 (355) 267 (278) 77 153 M 8x4

80 3" 16 72.6 200 394 (405) 292 (303) 102 203 M 12x4

100 4" 16 97.5 200 394 (405) 292 (303) 102 203 M 12x4

Fitting length depends on process connections → Page 171 ff.* () = Dimensions stainless-steel field housing

F06-

53H

xxxx

x-06

-00-

xx-x

x-00

0

220

K

DI

L

153

171

A

CB

M

Esc

E- +

F06-

53H

xxxx

x-06

-00-

xx-x

x-00

3


Endress+Hauser 169

Promag H / DN 40…100 (remote version)

Fig. 78: Dimensions Promag H / DN 40…100 (remote version)Dimensions of wall-mount housing → see Page 155

DN PN DI L A B C K M

[mm] [inch] [bar] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

40 1 1/2" 16 35.3 140 216 151.5 64.5 128 M 6x4

50 2" 16 48.1 140 241 164.0 77.0 153 M 8x4

65 2 1/2" 16 59.9 140 241 164.0 77.0 153 M 8x4

80 3" 16 72.6 200 290 188.5 101.5 203 M 12x4

100 4" 16 97.5 200 290 188.5 101.5 203 M 12x4

Fitting length depends on process connections → Page 171 ff.Dimensions wall-mounted housing → Page 155

L

125

75

A

CB

70

K

DI

M

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-05-

xx-x

x-00

0


170 Endress+Hauser

10.10 Process connections Promag H (DN 2…25)

Front view of sensor Promag H / DN 2…25 (without process connections)

Fig. 79: Dimensions front view of sensor DN 2…25

DN[mm]

C[mm]

D (DIN)[mm]

D (ANSI)[mm]

2...8 9 – –

15 16 – –

25 (DIN) – 26 –

25 (1" ANSI) – – 22.6

43

42

53

52

66

8.58.524

= =

==

= =

==

A

A A-A B B-B

44

B

28

60 41.6

Ø 3

4

C

Ø 4

4D70

M6

M6

48.5-0

.1±0.

1

±0.

1±

0.1

±0.1 ±0.1 ±0.1 ±0.1

±0.

1

0 -0.10

DN 2...15 DN 25

F06-

5xH

xxxx

x-06

-05-

08-x

x-00

0


Endress+Hauser 171

Process connections with O-ring seals (DN 2…25)

Weld nipples for DIN1.4404 / 316L5*H**-B***********

Sensor Fits to di G L H x B

DN [mm] PipingDIN EN ISO 1127

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 13.5 x 1.6 10.3 13.5 20.3 60 x 42

15 21.3 x 1.6 18.1 21.3 20.3 60 x 42

25 (DIN) 33.7 x 2 29.7 33.7 20.3 70 x 52

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm

G di

H x

B

L

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-01

0

Weld nipples for ODT/SMS pipe1.4404 / 316L5*H**-C***********


DN [mm] Piping OD/SMS [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 13.5 x 2.3 9.0 13.5 20.3 60 x 42

15 21.3 x 2.65 16.0 21.3 20.3 60 x 42

25 (1" ANSI) 33.7 x 3.25 27.2 33.7 22.3 70 x 52


G di

L

H x

B

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-01

2

Flange PN 40 EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501) 1.4404 / 316L5*H**-D***********

Sensor Fits to di G L LK M H x B

DN [mm] Flange EN1092-1 (DIN 2501)

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 DN 15 17.3 95 56.2 65 14 60 x 42

15 DN 15 17.3 95 56.2 65 14 60 x 42

25 (DIN) DN 25 28.5 115 56.2 85 14 70 x 52

Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mmFitting length to DVGW (200 mm)

G

M

di

LK

L

H x

B

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-01

4

Flange CI 150 / ANSI B16.51.4404 / 316L 5*H**-E***********


DN [mm] Flange ANSI B16.5 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 1/2" 15.7 89 66.0 60.5 15.7 60 x 42

15 1/2" 16.0 89 66.0 60.5 15.7 60 x 42

25 (1" ANSI) 1" 26.7 108 71.8 79.2 15.7 70 x 52


G

di

LK

H x

B

L

M

LK

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-01

5


172 Endress+Hauser

Flange 20 K / JIS B22381.4404 / 316L5*H**-F***********


DN [mm] Flange B2238 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 ND 10 15 95 67 70 15 60 x 42

15 ND 15 16 95 67 70 15 60 x 42

25 (DIN) ND 25 26 125 67 95 19 70 x 52


G

di

LK

H x

B

L

M

LK

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-01

6

Flange PN 16 / EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)PVDF5*H**-G***********

Sensor Fits to di G L M LK H x B

DN [mm] Flange EN1092-1 (DIN 2501)

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 DN 15 15.7 95 57 14 65 60 x 42

15 DN 15 15.7 95 57 14 65 60 x 42

25 (DIN) DN 25 27.3 115 57 14 85 70 x 52

– Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm– Fitting length to DVGW (200 mm)– The requisite ground rings can be ordered as accessories (Order No. DK5HR-****)

G di

LK

L

H x

B

M

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-02

9

Flange CI 150 / ANSI B16.5 PVDF5*H**-H***********


DN [mm] Flange ANSI B16.5 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 1/2" 15.7 95 57 16 60 60 x 42

15 1/2" 15.7 95 57 16 60 60 x 42

25 (1" ANSI) 1" 27.3 115 57 16 79 70 x 52

– Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm– The requisite ground rings can be ordered as accessories (Order No. DK5HR-****)

G di

LK

L

H x

B

M

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-02

9

Flange 10 K / JIS B2238PVDF5*H**-J***********


DN [mm] Flange B2238 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 ND 15 15.7 95 57 15 70 60 x 42

15 ND 15 15.7 95 57 15 70 60 x 42

25 (DIN) ND 25 27.3 125 57 19 90 70 x 52


G di

LK

L

H x

B

M

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-02

9


Endress+Hauser 173

External pipe thread ISO 228 / DIN 29991.4404 / 316L5*H**-K***********

Sensor Fits to di G L S H x B

DN [mm]Internal thread

[inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 R 3/8" 10 3/8" 40 10.1 60 x 42

15 R 1/2" 16 1/2" 40 13.2 60 x 42

25 (1" ANSI) R 1" 25 1" 42 16.5 70 x 52


G di

L

H x

BS

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-02

5

Internal pipe thread ISO 228 / DIN 2999, 1.4404 / 316L5*H**-L***********

Sensor Fits to di G D L S H x B

DN [mm]External thread

[inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 Rp 3/8" 9.0 3/8" 22 45 13 60 x 42

15 Rp 1/2" 16.0 1/2" 27 45 14 60 x 42

25 (1" ANSI) Rp 1" 27.2 1" 40 51 17 70 x 52


D Gd

i

L

H x

B

S

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-02

7

Hose connection1.4404 / 316L5*H**-M/N/P***********

Sensor Fits to di LW L H x B

DN [mm]Inside diameter

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 13 10.0 13 49 60 x 42

15 16 12.6 16 49 60 x 42

15 19 16.0 19 49 60 x 42


di

H x

B

L

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-02

4

Adhesive fitting PVC5*H**-R/S***********


DN [mm] pipe [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 1/2" [inch] 21.5 27.3 38.5 60 x 42

2...8 20 x 2 [mm](DIN 8062)

20.2 27.0 38.5 60 x 42

15 20 x 2 [mm](DIN 8062)

20.2 27.0 28.0 60 x 42


G di

L

H x

B

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-02

8


174 Endress+Hauser

Process connections with aseptic gasket seal (DN 2…25 )

Weld nipple for DIN1.4404 / 316L5*H**-U***********


DN [mm] Piping DIN 11850 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 14 x 2 9 14 23.3 60 x 42

15 20 x 2 16 20 23.3 60 x 42

25 (DIN) 30 x 2 26 30 23.3 70 x 52

– Fitting length = (2 x L) + 86 mm– If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166)

and process connection (di) into account.

G di

L

H x

B

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-01

1

Weld nipples for ODT/SMS1.4404 / 316L5*H**-V***********


DN [mm] Piping OD/SMS [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 12.7 x 1.65 9.0 12.7 16.1 60 x 42

15 19.1 x 1.65 16.0 19.1 16.1 60 x 42

25 (1" ANSI) 24.5 x 1.65 22.6 25.4 16.1 70 x 52



L

H x

B

L

H x

B

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-01

3

Clamp ISO 2852, Fig. 21.4404 / 316L5*H**-W***********

Sensor Fits to Clamp ISO 2852 di G L H x B

DN [inch] Piping ISO 2037 / BS 4825-1

Diameter[mm]

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

25 (1" ANSI) Tube 25.4 x 1.65 25 22.6 50.5 44.3 70 x 52


and process connection (di) into account.G di

H x

B

L

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-02

3

Clamp DIN 32676 1.4404 / 316L5*H**-0***********



2…8 Tube 14 x 2 (DN 10) 10 34.0 41.0 60 x 42

15 Tube 20 x 2 (DN 15) 16 34.0 41.0 60 x 42

25 (DIN) Tube 30 x 2 (DN 25) 26 50.5 44.5 70 x 52



G

di

L

H x

B

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-01

9


Endress+Hauser 175

Tri-clamp L14 AM71.4404 / 316L5*H**-1***********


DN [mm] Piping OD [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 Tube 12.7 x 1.65(ODT 1/2")

9.4 25.0 28.5 60 x 42

15 Tube 19.1 x 1.65(ODT 3/4")

15.8 25.0 28.5 60 x 42

25 (1" ANSI) Tube 25.5 x 1.65(ODT 1")

22.1 50.4 28.5 70 x 52



G

di

L

H x

B

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-02

0

Coupling SC DIN 11851Threaded adapter1.4404 / 316L5*H**-2***********



2…8 Tube 12 x 1(DN 10)

10 Rd 28 x 1/8" 44 60 x 42

15 Tube 18 x 1 or 1.5(DN 15)

16 Rd 34 x 1/8" 44 60 x 42

25 (DIN) Tube 28 x 1 or 1.5(DN 25)

26 Rd 52 x 1/6" 52 70 x 52



G di

H x

B

L

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-01

7

Coupling DIN 11864-1Aseptic threaded adapter, Form A1.4404 / 316L5*H**-3***********



2…8 Tube 13 x 1.5 (DN 10) 10 Rd 28 x 1/8" 42 60 x 42

15 Tune 19 x 1.5 (DN 15) 16 Rd 34 x 1/8" 42 60 x 42

25 (DIN) Tube 29 x 1.5 (DN 25) 26 Rd 52 x 1/6" 49 70 x 52



G

di

L

H x

B

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-02

1

Flange DIN 11864-2Aseptic grooved flange, Form A1.4404 / 316L5*H**-4***********


DN [mm] Piping DIN 11850 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 Tube 13 x 1.5 (DN 10) 10 54 48.5 37 9 60 x 42

15 Tube 19 x 1.5 (DN 15) 16 59 48.5 42 9 60 x 42

25 (DIN) Tube 29 x 1.5 (DN 25) 26 70 48.5 53 9 70 x 52



G

di

LK

L

H x

B

M

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-02

2


176 Endress+Hauser

Process connections orderable only as accessories (with O-ring seal, DN 2…25)

Coupling SMS 1145Threaded adapter 1.4404 / 316L5*H**-5***********

Sensor Fits to SMS 1145 di G L H x B

DN [mm] Piping OD Diameter[mm]

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

25 (1" ANSI) 1" 25 22.6 Rd 40 x 1/6" 30.8 70 x 52


and process connection (di) into account.G di

L

H x

B

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-02

6

External pipe thread1.4404 / 316LDKH**-GD**

Sensor Fits to di G L S H x B

DN [mm] NP internal thread [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 NPT 3/8" 10 3/8" 50 15.5 60 x 42

15 NPT 1/2" 16 1/2" 50 20.0 60 x 42

25 (1" ANSI) NPT 1" 25 1" 57 25.0 70 x 52


G di

L

H x

B

S

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-02

5

Internal pipe thread1.4404 / 316LDKH**-GC**

Sensor Fits to di G D L S H x B

DN [mm] NP external thread [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 NPT 3/8" 8.9 3/8" 22 45 13 60 x 42

15 NPT 1/2" 16.0 1/2" 27 45 14 60 x 42

25 (1" ANSI) NPT 1" 27.2 1" 40 51 17 70 x 52


D Gd

i

L

H x

B

S

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-02

7


Endress+Hauser 177

Process connections orderable only as accessories (with aseptic gasket seal)

Ground rings (accessories for PVDF flanges / PVC adhesive fitting)

Tri-Clamp L14 AM71.4404 / 316LDKH**-HF***


DN [mm] Piping OD [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

15 Tube 25.4 x 1.5(ODT; 1")

22.1 50.4 28.5 60 x 42



G di

L

H x

B

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-01

8

Ground ring1.4435/316L, Alloy C-22,tantalumDK5HR – ****

Sensor di D B C

DN [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2…8 9.0 33.9 22.0 17.6

15 16.0 33.9 29.0 24.6

25 (1" ANSI) 22.6 43.9 36.5 31.2

25 (DIN) 26.0 43.9 39.0 34.6

Ø C

Ø d

i

Ø B

Ø D

1.9

4.53.4

0.5

3.5

Ø C

Ø d

i

Ø B

Ø D

1.9

4.53.4

0.5

3.5

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-03

0


178 Endress+Hauser

10.11 Process connections of Promag H (DN 40…100)

Front view of sensor Promag H / DN 40…100 (without process connection)

Fig. 80: Dimensions front view of sensor DN 40…100

DN A B C D E F G H L K

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] Threaded holes

40 122.0 86 71.0 51.0 35.3 M 8 15 18 – 4

50 147.0 99 83.5 63.5 48.1 M 8 15 18 – 4

65 147.0 115 100.0 76.1 59.9 M 8 15 18 6 –

80 197.0 141 121.0 88.9 72.6 M 12 15 20 – 4

100 197.0 162 141.5 114.3 97.5 M 12 15 20 6 –

F

E

GH

Z-Z

D C B A

K

Z

90°

±0.

5°

Z

L

60°

±0.5

°

F06-

5xH

xxxx

x-06

-05-

08-x

x-00

1


Endress+Hauser 179

Process connections with gasket seal (DN 40…100)

Weld nipples for DIN1.4404 / 316L5*H**-U***********

SensorDN [mm]

Fits toPiping DIN 11850

di[mm]

G[mm]

D[mm]

L[mm]

L1[mm]

LK[mm]

40 42 x 2 38.0 43 92 42 19 71.0

50 54 x 2 50.0 55 105 42 19 83.5

65 70 x 2 66.0 72 121 42 21 100.0

80 85 x 2 81.0 87 147 42 24 121.0

100 104 x 2 100.0 106 168 42 24 141.5

– Fitting length = (2 x L) + 140 mm (DN 40…65) / + 200 mm (DN 80…100)– If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring tube (Page 166)


LK

DGd

i

L1

L F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-00

2

Weld nipples for ODT/SMS1.4404 / 316L5*H**-V***********

SensorDN [mm]

Fits toPiping OD/SMS

di[mm]

G[mm]

D[mm]

L[mm]

L1[mm]

LK[mm]

40 38.1 x 1.65 35.3 40 92 42 19 71.0

50 50.8 x 1.65 48.1 55 105 42 19 83.5

65 63.5 x 1.65 59.9 66 121 42 21 100.0

80 76.2 x 1.65 72.6 79 147 42 24 121.0

100 101.6 x 1.65 97.5 104 168 42 24 141.5



LK

DGd

i

L1

L F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-00

2

Clamp ISO 2852, Fig 2.1.4404 / 316L5*H**-W***********

SensorDN [mm]

Fits toPiping ISO 2037 /

BS 4825-1

Clamp ISO 2852Diameter

[mm]

di[mm]

G[mm]

D[mm]

L[mm]

LK[mm]

40 38.0 x 1.6 38.0 35.6 50.5 92 68.5 71.0

50 51.0 x 1.6 51.0 48.6 64.0 105 68.5 83.5

65 63.5 x 1.6 63.5 60.3 77.5 121 68.5 100.0

80 76.1 x 1.6 76.1 72.9 91.0 147 68.5 121.0

100 101.6 x 2.0 101.6 97.6 119.0 168 68.5 141.5



Gd

i LK

D

L

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-00

5

Clamp DIN 32676 1.4404 / 316L5*H**-0***********

SensorDN [mm]


di[mm]

G[mm]

D[mm]

L[mm]

LK[mm]

40 42 x 2 38 50.5 92 61.5 71.0

50 54 x 2 50 64.0 105 61.5 83.5

65 70 x 2 66 91.0 121 68.0 100.0

80 85 x 2 81 106.0 147 68.0 121.0

100 104 x 2 100 119.0 168 68.0 141.5



Gd

i LK

D

L

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-00

8


180 Endress+Hauser

Tri-Clamp L14 AM71.4404 / 316L5*H**-1***********

Sensor Fits to di G D L LK

DN [mm] DN [inch] Piping OD [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

40 1 1/2" 38.1 x 1.65 34.8 50.4 92 68.6 71.0

50 2" 50.8 x 1.65 47.5 63.9 105 68.6 83.5

65 − 63.5 x 1.65 60.2 77.4 121 68.6 100.0

80 3" 76.2 x 1.65 72.9 90.9 147 68.6 121.0

100 4" 101.6 x 1.65 97.4 118.9 168 68.6 141.5



Gd

i LK

D

L

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-00

4

Coupling SC DIN 11851Threaded adapter 1.4404 / 316L5*H**-2***********

SensorDN [mm]


di[mm]

G[mm]

D[mm]

L[mm]

LK[mm]

40 42 x 2 38 Rd 65 x 1/6" 92 72 71.0

50 54 x 2 50 Rd 78 x 1/6" 105 74 83.5

65 70 x 2 66 Rd 95 x 1/6" 121 78 100.0

80 85 x 2 81 Rd 110 x 1/4" 147 83 121.0

100 104 x 2 100 Rd 130 x 1/4" 168 92 141.5



L

Gd

i

D

LK

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-00

1

Coupling DIN 11864-1Aseptic threaded adapter, Form A1.4404 / 316L5*H**-3***********

SensorDN [mm]


di[mm]

G[mm]

D[mm]

L[mm]

LK[mm]

40 42 x 2 38 Rd 65 x 1/6" 92 71 71.0

50 54 x 2 50 Rd 78 x 1/6" 105 71 83.5

65 70 x 2 66 Rd 95 x 1/6" 121 76 100.0

80 85 x 2 81 Rd 110 x 1/4" 147 82 121.0

100 104 x 2 100 Rd 130 x 1/4" 168 90 141.5



L

Gd

i

D

LK

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-00

6

Flange DIN 11864-2 Aseptic flat flange, Form A 1.4404/316L5*H**-4***********

SensorDN [mm]


di[mm]

G[mm]

D[mm]

L[mm]

LK1[mm]

LK2[mm]

40 42 x 2 38 82 92 64 71.0 65

50 54 x 2 50 94 105 64 83.5 77

65 70 x 2 66 113 121 64 100.0 95

80 85 x 2 81 133 147 98 121.0 112

100 104 x 2 100 159 168 98 141.5 137



L

G

di

DLK

1

LK 2

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-00

7


Endress+Hauser 181

Coupling SMS 1145Threaded adapter 1.4404 / 316L5*H**-5***********

SensorDN [mm]

Fits toPiping OD

SMS 1145Diameter

[mm]

di[mm]

G[mm]

D[mm]

L[mm]

LK[mm]

40 38.1 x 1.65 38.0 35.5 Rd 60 x 1/6" 92 63 71.0

50 50.8 x 1.65 51.0 48.5 Rd 70 x 1/6" 105 65 83.5

65 63.5 x 1.65 63.5 60.5 Rd 85 x 1/6" 121 70 100.0

80 76.2 x 1.65 76.0 72.0 Rd 98 x 1/6" 147 75 121.0

100 101.6 x 1.65 101.6 97.6 Rd 132 x 1/6" 168 70 141.5



DLK

di

G

L

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-00

0

Coupling ISO 2853Threaded adapter 1.4404 / 316L5*H**-6***********

SensorDN [mm]

Fits toPiping ISO 2037 /

BS 4825-1

ISO 2853Diameter

[mm]

di[mm]

G[mm]

D[mm]

L[mm]

LK[mm]

40 38.0 x 1.6 38.0 35.6 50.6 92 61.5 71.0

50 51.0 x 1.6 51.0 48.6 64.1 105 61.5 83.5

65 63.5 x 1.6 63.5 60.3 77.6 121 61.5 100.0

80 76.1 x 1.6 76.1 72.9 91.1 147 61.5 121.0

100 101.6 x 2.0 101.6 97.6 118.1 168 61.5 141.5



Gd

i

D

LK

L

F06-

xxH

xxxx

x-06

-09-

07-x

x-00

3


182 Endress+Hauser

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA Index

Endress+Hauser 183

Index

AAccessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Adapters (installation of sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Addressing

configuration using local display . . . . . . . . . . . . 92configuring the miniature switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Applicator ™ (selection / configuration software) . 120Auxiliary power (supply voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

BBlock model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

CCable entries

degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Cable length (remote version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Cable specifications

PROFIBUS-DP/-PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47remote version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Cable specifications of the remote versionCable termination of Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Cable termination Promag W, P . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Calibration factor (default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Cathode protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64CE mark (declaration of conformity) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Certification PROFIBUS-DP/-PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11CIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Cleaning

CIP/SIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Code entry (function matrix) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

empty-pipe and full-pipe calibration (EPD) . . . 114PROFIBUS interface (with Commuwin II) . . . . . . 93PROFIBUS interface (with local display) . . . . . . 92Quick Setup “Commissioning” . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Commuwin II operating program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Conditions for operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Conductivity of fluid, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Configuration examples

cyclic data exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Simatic S7 HW configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Connectionsee Electrical connection

Connector (fieldbus connector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Cycle times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Cyclic measured variables, factory settings . . . . . 104

DData exchange

acyclic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78cyclic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Data storage (S-DAT™, T-DAT™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Declaration of conformity (CE mark) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 143Design

see dimensionsDesignated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Device functions

see “Description of device functions” manualDevice matrix (Commuwin II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Dimensions

ground disks (Promag P, W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165ground rings (Promag H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177process connections, Promag H (DN 2...25) . . . 170process connections, Promag H (DN 40...100) . 178Promag 53 H (DN 2...25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Promag 53 H (DN 40...100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Promag 53 P (DN ≤ 300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Promag 53 P (DN ≥ 350) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Promag 53 W (DN ≤ 300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Promag 53 W (DN ≥ 350) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Displaydisplay and operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68readings displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69turning the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Display value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Documentation, supplementary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Down pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

EElectrical connection

cable specifications (remote version) . . . . . . . . . 56degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65length of connecting cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26post-connection check (checklist) . . . . . . . . . . . . 66potential equalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62remote version (connecting cable) . . . . . . . . . . . 52transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

ElectrodesEPD electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 114fitted electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147measuring-electrode plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17reference electrode (potential equalisation) . . . . 17replaceable electrodes (exchanging) . . . . . . . . 137

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . 56, 144Empty Pipe Detection (EPD)

EPD electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 114general remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Empty Pipe Detection (EPD/OED)empty-pipe/full-pipe calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Error limits

see Measuring accuracyError messages

acknowledging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73system / process errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Index PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

184 Endress+Hauser

Error types (system and process errors) . . . . . . . . . 73Ex certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Ex documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Exchange

device fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136measuring electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137printed circuit boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

FFieldbus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60FieldCheck ™ (test and simulation software) . . . . . 120Fitting length

see DimensionsFlow rate / nominal diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Fluid conductivity, minimal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Fluid pressure range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Fluid temperature ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Formats, Standard and Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Function descriptions

see “Description of device functions” manualFunction matrix (operation via local display) . . . . . . 71Functions, function blocks, function groups . . . . . . 71Fuse, replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

GGround disks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

assembly (Promag P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34assembly (Promag W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28potential equalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Ground rings (Promag H)mounting, application area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40potential equalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Grounding cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63GSD

producer specific GSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Profile GSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

HHardware configuration

device addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Hazardous area documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Hazardous substances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8High-temperature version (Promag P)

installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35temperature ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

HOME position (operating mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

IIEEE floating point number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Inlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Input data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Input variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Installation

see also Installation conditions / Installing sensor

Installation check (checklist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Installation conditions

adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20dimensions, fitting lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15down pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16foundations (DN > 300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18inlet and outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15orientation (vertical, horizontal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17partially filled pipes, drains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Installing sensoradapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20foundations (DN > 300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18ground disks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 34ground rings (Promag H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Promag H with welding adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Promag P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Promag P, high-temperature version . . . . . . . . . 35Promag W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Installing the wall-mount housing, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Insulating pipes (Promag P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

LLength of connecting cable (remote version) . . . . . 26Local display

see displayLow flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

MMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Material load curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Measuring accuracy

deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143reference conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Measuring electrodessee Electrodes

Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Measuring tube

inside diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150lining, temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Measuring tube specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

NNameplate

sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Nominal diameter / flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Nominal pressure

see Fluid pressure range

PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA Index

Endress+Hauser 185

OOperable flow range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Operation

at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Commuwin II (operating software) . . . . . . . . . . . 80display and operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68FieldCare (operating software) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68SIMATIC PDM (operating software) . . . . . . . . . . 79ToF Tool-FieldTool (operating software) . . . . . . . 79

Ordering codeaccessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Output data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Output variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

PPerformance characteristics

See Measuring accuracyPotential equalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Pressure loss

adapters (reducers, expanders) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20general data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145linings resistance to partial vacuum . . . . . . . . . 152

Printed circuit boards (removing/installing)field housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Process connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Process error (definition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Process error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Process errors without messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11configure device address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74shielding, grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Programming modedisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Pumps, location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

QQuick Setup menu

Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 113

RRegistered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Repeatability (measuring accuracy) . . . . . . . . . . . 143Replaceable electrodes, exchanging . . . . . . . . . . 137Resistance to shock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Resistance to vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Returning devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

SSafety icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Safety of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Sanitary compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Screw tightening torques

Promag H (for plastic process connections) . . . . 39S-DAT™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Seals

Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Promag P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Promag W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Sensor installationsee Installation

Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 10Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141SIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Software

amplifier display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91versions (history) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Status code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Supply voltage (auxiliary power) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142System architecture

PROFIBUS-DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75PROFIBUS-PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

System errordefinition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

System integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

TT-DAT™ (Transmitter-DAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Temperature ranges

ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143fluid temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

ToF Tool-FieldTool Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79, 120Torques of threaded fasteners

see InstallationTotalizers, control variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Transmitter

electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57installing the wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44length of connecting cable (remote version) . . . . 26turning the field housing (aluminum) . . . . . . . . . . 42turning the field housing (stainless steel) . . . . . . 42

Transporting the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Trouble-shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

VVibrations

countermeasures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18resistance to vibration and shock . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Index PROline Promag 53 PROFIBUS-DP/-PA

186 Endress+Hauser

WWall-mount housing, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Weight details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Welding work

grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Promag H with welding adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Wiringsee Electrical connection

Write protection (hardware) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

More information about services and repairs:www.services.endress.com

Dear customer,Because of legal determinations and for the safety of our employees and operating equipment we need this“Declaration of contamination” with your signature before your order can be handled. Please put the completelyfilled in declaration to the instrument and to the shipping documents in any case. Add also safety sheets and/orspecific handling instructions if necessary.

type of instrument / sensor: __________________________________ serial number: _______________________

medium / concentration: __________________________________ temperature: ______ pressure: _______

cleaned with: __________________________________ conductivity: ______ viscosity: _______

radioactive

explosive

caustic

poisonous

harmful to

health

biologicallyhazardous

inflammable

safe

Please mark the appropriate warning hints.

company: ______________________________ contact person: _________________________

______________________________ _________________________

______________________________ department: _________________________

address: ______________________________ phone number: _________________________

______________________________ fax / e-mail: _________________________

______________________________ your order no.: _________________________

I hereby certify that the returned equipment has been cleaned and decontaminated acc. to good industrial prac-tices and is in compliance with all regulations. This equipment poses no health or safety risks due to contamination.

_______________________________ ___________________________________(Date) (company stamp and legally binding signature)

SAFE

Europe

Austria – Wien Endress+Hauser Ges.m.b.H.Tel. (01) 88 05 60, Fax (01) 88 05 63 35

Belarus – MinskBelorgsintezTel. (017) 2 50 84 73, Fax (017) 2 50 85 83

Belgium / Luxembourg – Bruxelles Endress+Hauser S.A. / N.V.Tel. (02) 2 48 06 00, Fax (02) 2 48 05 53

Bulgaria – SofiaIntertech-Automation Ltd.Tel. (02) 9 62 71 52, Fax (02) 9 62 14 71

Croatia – Zagreb Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co.Tel. (01) 6 63 77 85, Fax (01) 6 63 78 23

Cyprus – NicosiaI+G Electrical Services Co. Ltd.Tel. (02) 48 47 88, Fax (02) 48 46 90

Czech Republic – Praha Endress+Hauser Czech s.r.o.Tel. (02) 66 78 42 00, Fax (026) 66 78 41 79

Denmark – Søborg Endress+Hauser A/STel. (70) 13 11 32, Fax (70) 13 21 33

Estonia – TartuElvi-Aqua OÜTel. (7) 30 27 32, Fax (7) 30 27 31

Finland – Helsinki Metso Endress+Hauser OyTel. (204) 8 31 60, Fax (204) 8 31 61

France – Huningue Endress+Hauser S.A.Tel. (389) 69 67 68, Fax (389) 69 48 02

Germany – Weil am Rhein Endress+Hauser Messtechnik GmbH+Co. KGTel. (07621) 9 75 01, Fax (07621) 97 55 55

Great Britain – Manchester Endress+Hauser Ltd.Tel. (0161) 2 86 50 00, Fax (0161) 9 98 18 41

Greece – AthensI & G Building Services Automation S.A.Tel. (01) 9 24 15 00, Fax (01) 9 22 17 14

Hungary – Budapest Endress+Hauser MagyarországTel. (01) 4 12 04 21, Fax (01) 4 12 04 24

Iceland – ReykjavikSindra-Stál hfTel. 5 75 00 00, Fax 5 75 00 10

Ireland – Clane / County Kildare Flomeaco Endress+Hauser Ltd.Tel. (045) 86 86 15, Fax (045) 86 81 82

Italy – Cernusco s/N, Milano Endress+Hauser S.p.A.Tel. (02) 92 19 21, Fax (02) 92 19 23 62

Latvia – RigaElekoms Ltd.Tel. (07) 33 64 44, Fax (07) 33 64 48

Lithuania – KaunasUAB Agava Ltd.Tel. (03) 7 20 24 10, Fax (03) 7 20 74 14

Macedonia – BeogradMeris d.o.o.Tel. (11) 44 42 96 6, Fax (11) 30 85 77 8

Moldavia – ChisinauS.C. Techno Test SRLTel. (02) 22 61 60, Fax (02) 22 83 13

Netherlands – Naarden Endress+Hauser B.V.Tel. (035) 6 95 86 11, Fax (035) 6 95 88 25

Norway – Lierskogen Endress+Hauser A/STel. 32 85 98 50, Fax 32 85 98 51

Poland – Wroclaw Endress+Hauser Polska Sp. z o.o.Tel. (071) 7 80 37 00, Fax (071) 7 80 37 60

Portugal – Cacem Endress+Hauser Lda.Tel. (21) 4 26 72 90, Fax (21) 4 26 72 99

Romania – BucharestRomconseng S.R.L.Tel. (021) 41 12 50 1, Fax (021) 41 01 63 4

Russia – Moscow Endress+Hauser GmbH+CoTel. (095) 78 32 85 0, Fax (095) 78 32 85 5

Slovak Republic – BratislavaTranscom Technik s.r.o.Tel. (2) 44 88 86 90, Fax (2) 44 88 71 12

Slovenia – Ljubljana Endress+Hauser (Slovenija) D.O.O.Tel. (01) 5 19 22 17, Fax (01) 5 19 22 98

Spain – Sant Just Desvern Endress+Hauser S.A.Tel. (93) 4 80 33 66, Fax (93) 4 73 38 39

Sweden – Sollentuna Endress+Hauser ABTel. (08) 55 51 16 00, Fax (08) 55 51 16 55

Switzerland – Reinach/BL 1 Endress+Hauser Metso AGTel. (061) 7 15 75 75, Fax (061) 7 11 16 50

Turkey – Levent/IstanbulIntek Endüstriyel Ölcü ve Kontrol SistemleriTel. (0212) 2 75 13 55, Fax (0212) 2 66 27 75

Ukraine – KievPhotonika GmbHTel. (44) 2 68 81 02, Fax (44) 2 69 07 05

Yugoslavia Republic – BeogradMeris d.o.o.Tel. (11) 4 44 29 66, Fax (11) 3 08 57 78

Africa

Algeria – AnnabaSymes Systemes et MesuresTel. (38) 88 30 03, Fax (38) 88 30 02

Egypt – Heliopolis/CairoAnasia Egypt For Trading (S.A.E.)Tel. (02) 2 68 41 59, Fax (02) 2 68 41 69

Morocco – CasablancaOussama S.A.Tel. (02) 22 24 13 38, Fax (02) 2 40 26 57

Rep. South Africa – Sandton Endress+Hauser (Pty.) Ltd.Tel. (011) 2 62 80 00, Fax (011) 2 62 80 62

Tunisia – TunisCMR Controle, Maintenance et RegulationTel. (07) 17 93 07 7, Fax (07) 17 88 59 5

America

Argentina – Buenos Aires Endress+Hauser Argentina S.A.Tel. (11) 45 22 79 70, Fax (11) 45 22 79 09

Brazil – Sao Paulo Samson Endress+Hauser Ltda.Tel. (011) 50 33 43 33, Fax (011) 50 31 30 67

Canada – Burlington, Ontario Endress+Hauser Canada Ltd.Tel. (905) 68 19 29 2, Fax (905) 68 19 44 4

Chile – Santiago de Chile Endress+Hauser (Chile) Ltd.Tel. (02) 3 21 30 09, Fax (02) 3 21 30 25

Colombia – Bogota D.C.Colsein Ltda.Tel. (01) 2 36 76 59, Fax (01) 6 10 78 68

Costa Rica – San JoseEuro-Tec S.A.Tel. 2 20 28 08, Fax 2 96 15 42

Ecuador – QuitoInsetec Cia. Ltda.Tel. (02) 2 26 91 48, Fax (02) 2 46 18 33

El Salvador – San SalvadorAutomatizacion y Control Industrial de El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.Tel. 2 60 24 24, Fax 2 60 56 77

Guatemala – Ciudad de GuatemalaAutomatizacion y Control Industrial, S.A.Tel. (03) 34 59 85, Fax (03) 32 74 31

Honduras – San Pedro Sula, CortesAutomatizacion y Control Industrial de Honduras, S.A. de C.V.Tel. 5 57 91 36, Fax 5 57 91 39

Mexico – México, D.F Endress+Hauser (México), S.A. de C.V.Tel. (5) 5 55 68 24 07, Fax (5) 5 55 68 74 59

Nicaragua – ManaguaAutomatización y Control Industrial de Nicaragua, S.A.Tel. 2 22 61 90, Fax 2 28 70 24

Peru – MirafloresCorsusa InternationalTel. (1) 44 41 20 0, Fax (1) 44 43 66 4

USA – Greenwood, Indiana Endress+Hauser Inc.Tel. (317) 5 35 71 38, Fax (317) 5 35 84 98

USA – Norcross, Atlanta Endress+Hauser Systems & Gauging Inc.Tel. (770) 4 47 92 02, Fax (770) 4 47 57 67

Venezuela – CaracasControval C.A.Tel. (212) 9 44 09 66, Fax (212) 9 44 45 54

Asia

Azerbaijan – BakuModcon Systems - BakuTel. (12) 92 98 59, Fax (12) 99 13 72

Brunei – Negara Brunei DarussalamAmerican International Industries (B) Sdn. Bhd.Tel. (3) 22 37 37, Fax (3) 22 54 58

Cambodia – Khan Daun Penh, Phom PenhComin Khmere Co. Ltd.Tel. (23) 42 60 56, Fax (23) 42 66 22

China – Shanghai Endress+Hauser (Shanghai) Instrumentation Co. Ltd.Tel. (021) 54 90 23 00, Fax (021) 54 90 23 03

China – Beijing Endress+Hauser (Beijing) Instrumentation Co. Ltd.Tel. (010) 65 88 24 68, Fax (010) 65 88 17 25

Hong Kong – Tsimshatsui / Kowloon Endress+Hauser (H.K.) Ltd.Tel. 8 52 25 28 31 20, Fax 8 52 28 65 41 71

India – Mumbai Endress+Hauser (India) Pvt. Ltd.Tel. (022) 56 93 83 33, Fax (022) 56 93 88 330

Indonesia – JakartaPT Grama BazitaTel. (21) 7 95 50 83, Fax (21) 7 97 50 89

Iran – TehranPatsa IndustryTel. (021) 8 72 68 69, Fax (021) 8 71 96 66

Israel – NetanyaInstrumetrics Industrial Control Ltd.Tel. (09) 8 35 70 90, Fax (09) 8 35 06 19

Japan – Tokyo Sakura Endress Co. Ltd.Tel. (0422) 54 06 11, Fax (0422) 55 02 75

Jordan – AmmanA.P. Parpas Engineering S.A.Tel. (06) 5 53 92 83, Fax (06) 5 53 92 05

Kazakhstan – AlmatyBEI ElectroTel. (72) 30 00 28, Fax (72) 50 71 30

Korea, South – Seoul Endress+Hauser (Korea) Co. Ltd.Tel. (02) 26 58 72 00, Fax (02) 26 59 28 38

Kuwait – SafatUnited Technical Services Est. For General TradingTel. 2 41 12 63, Fax 2 41 15 93

Lebanon – Jbeil Main EntryNetwork EngineeringTel. (3) 94 40 80, Fax (9) 54 80 38

Malaysia – Shah Alam, Selangor Darul Ehsan Endress+Hauser (M) Sdn. Bhd.Tel. (03) 78 46 48 48, Fax (03) 78 46 88 00

Pakistan – KarachiSpeedy AutomationTel. (021) 7 72 29 53, Fax (021) 7 73 68 84

Philippines – Pasig City, Metro Manila Endress+Hauser (Phillipines) Inc.Tel. (2) 6 38 18 71, Fax (2) 6 38 80 42

Saudi Arabia – JeddahAnasia Trading Est.Tel. (02) 6 53 36 61, Fax (02) 6 53 35 04

Singapore – Singapore Endress+Hauser (S.E.A.) Pte. Ltd.Tel. (65) 66 82 22, Fax (65) 66 68 48

Sultanate of Oman – RuwiMustafa & Sultan Sience & Industry Co. L.L.C.Tel. 63 60 00, Fax 60 70 66

Taiwan – TaipeiKingjarl CorporationTel. (02) 27 18 39 38, Fax (02) 27 13 41 90

Thailand – Bangkok 10210 Endress+Hauser (Thailand) Ltd.Tel. (2) 9 96 78 11-20, Fax (2) 9 96 78 10

United Arab Emirates – DubaiDescon Trading L.L.C.Tel. (04) 2 65 36 51, Fax (04) 2 65 32 64

Uzbekistan – TashkentIm Mexatronika-TesTel. (71) 1 91 77 07, Fax (71) 1 91 76 94

Vietnam – Ho Chi Minh CityTan Viet Bao Co. Ltd.Tel. (08) 8 33 52 25, Fax (08) 8 33 52 27

Australia + New Zealand

Australia – North Ryde NSW 2113 Endress+Hauser Australia Pty. Ltd.Tel. (02) 88 77 70 00, Fax (02) 88 77 70 99

New Zealand – AucklandEMC Industrial Group Ltd.Tel. (09) 4 15 51 10, Fax (09) 4 15 51 15

All other countries Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co. KGInstruments InternationalWeil am Rhein, GermanyTel. (07621) 9 75 02, Fax (07621) 97 53 45

BA 053D/06/en/10.0350099247FM+SGML 6.0

Members of the Endress+Hauser group

http://www.endress.com

05.03

ba053den promag 53 profibus om

Documents

measuring device

automation functions

devicespecific parameters

installation page

appropriate device parameters

wiring page

device designation

safety instructions